× Jan-03-2024
Apple Inc is looking for a 4G/5G system engineer on mobility control. Based in California, USA (Bay Area or San Diego). .
6.2 RRC messages
6.2.1 General message structure
–NR-RRC-Definitions
This ASN.1 segment is the start of the NR RRC PDU definitions.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-START NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::= BEGIN -- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BCCH-BCH-Message
The BCCH-BCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE via BCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message BCCH-BCH-MessageType } BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { mib MIB, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
The BCCH-DL-SCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE via DL-SCH on the BCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-START BCCH-DL-SCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType } BCCH-DL-SCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { systemInformation SystemInformation, systemInformationBlockType1 SIB1 }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-BCCH-DL-SCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DL-CCCH-Message
The DL-CCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the Network to the UE on the downlink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START DL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message DL-CCCH-MessageType } DL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcReject RRCReject, rrcSetup RRCSetup, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-DL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–DL-DCCH-Message
The DL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE on the downlink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message DL-DCCH-MessageType } DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration, rrcResume RRCResume, rrcRelease RRCRelease, rrcReestablishment RRCReestablishment, securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand, dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer, ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry, counterCheck CounterCheck, mobilityFromNRCommand MobilityFromNRCommand, dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, ueInformationRequest-r16 UEInformationRequest-r16, dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16 DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16, loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MCCH-Message
The MCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the network to the UE on the MCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MCCH-MESSAGE-START MCCH-Message-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { message MCCH-MessageType-r17 } MCCH-MessageType-r17 ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { mbsBroadcastConfiguration-r17 MBSBroadcastConfiguration-r17, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-MCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–PCCH-Message
The PCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the Network to the UE on the PCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-START PCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message PCCH-MessageType } PCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { paging Paging, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-PCCH-PCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-CCCH-Message
The UL-CCCH-Message class is the set of 48-bits RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the Network on the uplink CCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-START UL-CCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-CCCH-MessageType } UL-CCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcSetupRequest RRCSetupRequest, rrcResumeRequest RRCResumeRequest, rrcReestablishmentRequest RRCReestablishmentRequest, rrcSystemInfoRequest RRCSystemInfoRequest }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-UL-CCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-CCCH1-Message
The UL-CCCH1-Message class is the set of 64-bits RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the Network on the uplink CCCH1 logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-START UL-CCCH1-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-CCCH1-MessageType } UL-CCCH1-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { rrcResumeRequest1 RRCResumeRequest1, spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {} } -- TAG-UL-CCCH1-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UL-DCCH-Message
The UL-DCCH-Message class is the set of RRC messages that may be sent from the UE to the network on the uplink DCCH logical channel.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE { message UL-DCCH-MessageType } UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { measurementReport MeasurementReport, rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete, rrcSetupComplete RRCSetupComplete, rrcReestablishmentComplete RRCReestablishmentComplete, rrcResumeComplete RRCResumeComplete, securityModeComplete SecurityModeComplete, securityModeFailure SecurityModeFailure, ulInformationTransfer ULInformationTransfer, locationMeasurementIndication LocationMeasurementIndication, ueCapabilityInformation UECapabilityInformation, counterCheckResponse CounterCheckResponse, ueAssistanceInformation UEAssistanceInformation, failureInformation FailureInformation, ulInformationTransferMRDC ULInformationTransferMRDC, scgFailureInformation SCGFailureInformation, scgFailureInformationEUTRA SCGFailureInformationEUTRA }, messageClassExtension CHOICE { c2 CHOICE { ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16, dedicatedSIBRequest-r16 DedicatedSIBRequest-r16, mcgFailureInformation-r16 MCGFailureInformation-r16, ueInformationResponse-r16 UEInformationResponse-r16, sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16 SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16, ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16, iabOtherInformation-r16 IABOtherInformation-r16, mbsInterestIndication-r17 MBSInterestIndication-r17, uePositioningAssistanceInfo-r17 UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-r17, measurementReportAppLayer-r17 MeasurementReportAppLayer-r17, spare6 NULL,spare5 NULL,spare4 NULL,spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, messageClassExtensionFuture-r16 SEQUENCE {} } } -- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

6.2.2 Message definitions
–CounterCheck
The CounterCheck message is used by the network to indicate the current COUNT MSB values associated to each DRB and to request the UE to compare these to its COUNT MSB values and to report the comparison results to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-START CounterCheck ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { counterCheck CounterCheck-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } CounterCheck-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-CountMSB-InfoListIndicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountMSB-InfoList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } DRB-CountMSB-InfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountMSB-Info DRB-CountMSB-Info ::= SEQUENCE { drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
countMSB-UplinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..33554431),
countMSB-DownlinkIndicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..33554431) } -- TAG-COUNTERCHECK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CounterCheck-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountMSB-InfoList
Indicates the MSBs of the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountMSB-Info field descriptions
countMSB-Downlink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
countMSB-Uplink
Indicates the value of 25 MSBs from TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

–CounterCheckResponse
The CounterCheckResponse message is used by the UE to respond to a CounterCheck message.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-START CounterCheckResponse ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { counterCheckResponse CounterCheckResponse-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } CounterCheckResponse-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
drb-CountInfoListIndicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountInfoList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } DRB-CountInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-CountInfo DRB-CountInfo ::= SEQUENCE { drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
count-UplinkIndicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..4294967295),
count-DownlinkIndicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
INTEGER(0..4294967295) } -- TAG-COUNTERCHECKRESPONSE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CounterCheckResponse-IEs field descriptions
drb-CountInfoList
Indicates the COUNT values of the DRBs.
DRB-CountInfo field descriptions
count-Downlink
Indicates the value of RX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.
count-Uplink
Indicates the value of TX_NEXT – 1 (specified in TS 38.323 [5]) associated to this DRB.

–DedicatedSIBRequest
The DedicatedSIBRequest message is used to request SIB(s)required by the UE in RRC_CONNECTED as specified in clause 5.2.2.3.5.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-START DedicatedSIBRequest-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { dedicatedSIBRequest-r16 DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DedicatedSIBRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { onDemandSIB-RequestList-r16 SEQUENCE {
requestedSIB-List-r16Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandSIB-r16)) OF SIB-ReqInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
requestedPosSIB-List-r16Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxOnDemandPosSIB-r16)) OF PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } SIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::= ENUMERATED { sib12, sib13, sib14, sib20-v1700, sib21-v1700, spare3, spare2, spare1 } PosSIB-ReqInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
gnss-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
GNSS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL,
sbas-id-r16The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).
SBAS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, posSibType-r16 ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, posSibType5-1, posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,..., posSibType1-9-v1710, posSibType1-10-v1710, posSibType2-24-v1710, posSibType2-25-v1710, posSibType6-4-v1710, posSibType6-5-v1710, posSibType6-6-v1710 } } -- TAG-DEDICATEDSIBREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DedicatedSIBRequest field descriptions
requestedSIB-List
Contains a list of SIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
requestedPosSIB-List
Contains a list of posSIB(s) the UE requests while in RRC_CONNECTED.
PosSIB-ReqInfo field descriptions
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the request positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).

–DLDedicatedMessageSegment
The DLDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer one segment of the RRCResume or RRCReconfiguration messages.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { dlDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
INTEGER(0..4),
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
OCTET STRING,
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DLDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded DL DCCH message.The network transmits the segments with continuously increasing segmentNumber order so that the UE's RRC layer may expect to obtain them from lower layers in the correct order. Hence, the UE is not required to perform segment re-ordering on RRC level.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded DL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough so the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included DL DCCH message segment is the last segment of the message or not.

–DLInformationTransfer
The DLInformationTransfer message is used for the downlink transfer of NAS dedicated information, timing information for the 5G internal system clock, or IAB-DU specific F1-C related information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START DLInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { dlInformationTransfer DLInformationTransfer-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLInformationTransfer-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } DLInformationTransfer-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { referenceTimeInfo-r16 ReferenceTimeInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension DLInformationTransfer-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } DLInformationTransfer-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedInfoF1c-r17 DedicatedInfoF1c-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
rxTxTimeDiff-gNB-r17Indicates the Rx-Tx time difference measurement at the gNB (see clause 5.2.3, TS 38.215 [9]). Upon receiving this field, the UE calculates the propagation delay based on the RTT-based PDC mechanism method as described in TS 38.300 [2]. The network does not configure this field, if the UE is configured with ta-PDC with value activate.
RxTxTimeDiff-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
ta-PDC-r17Indicates whether the UE-side TA-based propagation delay compensation (PDC) is activated or de-activated. The network does not configure this field with activate, if the field rxTxTimeDiff-gNB is configured.
ENUMERATED {activate,deactivate} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sib9Fallback-r17Indicates that the UE fallbacks to receive referenceTimeInfo in SIB9.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DLInformationTransfer field descriptions
rxTxTimeDiff-gNB
Indicates the Rx-Tx time difference measurement at the gNB (see clause 5.2.3, TS 38.215 [9]). Upon receiving this field, the UE calculates the propagation delay based on the RTT-based PDC mechanism method as described in TS 38.300 [2]. The network does not configure this field, if the UE is configured with ta-PDC with value activate.
sib9Fallback
Indicates that the UE fallbacks to receive referenceTimeInfo in SIB9.
ta-PDC
Indicates whether the UE-side TA-based propagation delay compensation (PDC) is activated or de-activated. The network does not configure this field with activate, if the field rxTxTimeDiff-gNB is configured.

–DLInformationTransferMRDC
The DLInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the downlink transfer of RRC messages during fast MCG link recovery.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { dlInformationTransferMRDC-r16 DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } DLInformationTransferMRDC-r16-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
dl-DCCH-MessageNR-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-DLINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP -- ASN1STOP
DLInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
dl-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRCReconfiguration,RRCRelease, and MobilityFromNRCommandmessages.
dl-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the DL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration,RRCConnectionRelease, and MobilityFromEUTRACommand messages as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

–FailureInformation
The FailureInformation message is used to inform the network about a failure detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-START FailureInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { failureInformation FailureInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } FailureInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureInfoRLC-Bearer FailureInfoRLC-Bearer OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension FailureInformation-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } FailureInfoRLC-Bearer ::= SEQUENCE { cellGroupId CellGroupId, logicalChannelIdentity LogicalChannelIdentity, failureType ENUMERATED {rlc-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} } FailureInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureInfoDAPS-r16 FailureInfoDAPS-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureInfoDAPS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { failureType-r16 ENUMERATED {daps-failure, spare3, spare2, spare1} } -- TAG-FAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–IABOtherInformation
The IABOtherInformation message is used by IAB-MT to request the network to allocate IP addresses for the collocated IAB-DU or inform the network about IP addresses allocated to the collocated IAB-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-START IABOtherInformation-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { iabOtherInformation-r16 IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } IABOtherInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ip-InfoType-r16 CHOICE { iab-IP-Request-r16 SEQUENCE {
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16 OPTIONAL, iab-IPv6-AddressReq-r16 CHOICE {
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16,
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16, ... } OPTIONAL }, iab-IP-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
iab-IPv4-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16 OPTIONAL, iab-IPv6-Report-r16 CHOICE {
iab-IPv6-AddressReport-r16This field is used to report the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16,
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport-r16This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16, ... } OPTIONAL }, ... }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq-r16This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, ... } IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq-r16This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..8)) OF IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL } IAB-IP-PrefixAndTraffic-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL,
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address-r16This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL } -- TAG-IABOTHERINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
IABOtherInformation-IEs field descriptions
iab-IPv4-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv4 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv4-AddressReport
This field is used to report the IPv4 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressNumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressPrefixReq
This field is used to request the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-AddressReport
This field is used to report the IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
iab-IPv6-PrefixReport
This field is used to report the prefix of IPv6 address per specific usage assigned by OAM for IAB-DU. The specific usages include F1-C traffic, F1-U traffic, non-F1 traffic and all traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressNumReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-NumReq
This field is used to request the numbers of IP address for non-F1 traffic.
IAB-IP-AddressPrefixReq-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for all traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-C-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
f1-U-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
non-F1-Traffic-PrefixReq
This field is used to request the IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic. The length of allocated IPv6 prefix is fixed to 64.
IAB-IP-AddressAndTraffic-IEs field descriptions
all-Traffic-IAB-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for all traffic.
f1-C-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-C traffic.
f1-U-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for F1-U traffic.
non-F1-Traffic-IP-Address
This field is used to report to IAB-donor-CU the IP address(es) or IPv6 address prefix for non-F1 traffic.

–LocationMeasurementIndication
The LocationMeasurementIndication message is used to indicate that the UE is going to either start or stop location related measurement which requires measurement gaps.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-START LocationMeasurementIndication ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { locationMeasurementIndication LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } LocationMeasurementIndication-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { measurementIndication SetupRelease {LocationMeasurementInfo}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-LOCATIONMEASUREMENTINDICATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–LoggedMeasurementConfiguration
The LoggedMeasurementConfiguration message is used to perform logging of measurement results while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. It is used to transfer the logged measurement configuration for network performance optimisation.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-START LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { loggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16 LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { traceReference-r16 TraceReference-r16,
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)),
absoluteTimeInfo-r16Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16,
areaConfiguration-r16Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
AreaConfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, --Need R
plmn-IdentityList-r16Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
PLMN-IdentityList2-r16 OPTIONAL, --Need R bt-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {BT-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M wlan-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {WLAN-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M sensor-NameList-r16 SetupRelease {Sensor-NameList-r16} OPTIONAL, --Need M loggingDuration-r16 LoggingDuration-r16,
reportTypeParameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT configuration or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.
CHOICE { periodical LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16, eventTriggered LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16, ... }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } LoggedMeasurementConfiguration-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sigLoggedMeasType-r17If included, the field indicates a signalling based logged measurement configuration (See TS 37.320 [61]).
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
earlyMeasIndication-r17If included, the field indicates the UE is allowed to log measurements on early measurement related frequencies in logged measurements.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R areaConfiguration-v1700 AreaConfiguration-v1700 OPTIONAL, --Need R nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } LoggedPeriodicalReportConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { loggingInterval-r16 LoggingInterval-r16, ... } LoggedEventTriggerConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
eventType-r16The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
EventType-r16, loggingInterval-r16 LoggingInterval-r16, ... } EventType-r16 ::= CHOICE { outOfCoverage NULL, eventL1 SEQUENCE { l1-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity, hysteresis Hysteresis, timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger }, ... } -- TAG-LOGGEDMEASUREMENTCONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
LoggedMeasurementConfiguration field descriptions
absoluteTimeInfo
Indicates the absolute time in the current cell.
areaConfiguration
Used to restrict the area in which the UE performs measurement logging to cells broadcasting either one of the included cell identities or one of the included tracking area codes/ frequencies.
earlyMeasIndication
If included, the field indicates the UE is allowed to log measurements on early measurement related frequencies in logged measurements.
eventType
The value outOfCoverage indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the UE enters any cell selection state, and the value eventL1 indicates the UE to perform logging of measurements when the triggering condition (similar as event A2 as specified in 5.5.4.3) as configured in the event is met for the camping cell in camped normally state.
plmn-IdentityList
Indicates a set of PLMNs defining when the UE performs measurement logging as well as the associated status indication and information retrieval i.e. the UE performs these actions when the RPLMN is part of this set of PLMNs.
sigLoggedMeasType
If included, the field indicates a signalling based logged measurement configuration (See TS 37.320 [61]).
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
reportType
Parameter configures the type of MDT configuration, specifically Periodic MDT configuration or Event Triggerd MDT configuration.

–MBSBroadcastConfiguration
The MBSBroadcastConfiguration message contains the control information applicable for MBS broadcast services transmitted via broadcast MRB.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MBSBROADCASTCONFIGURATION-START MBSBroadcastConfiguration-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { mbsBroadcastConfiguration-r17 MBSBroadcastConfiguration-r17-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MBSBroadcastConfiguration-r17-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
mbs-SessionInfoList-r17Provides the configuration of each MBS session provided by MBS broadcast in the current cell.
MBS-SessionInfoList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
mbs-NeighbourCellList-r17List of neighbour cells providing one or more MBS broadcast services via broadcast MRB that are provided by the current cell. This field is used by the UE together with mtch-NeighbourCell field signalled for each MBS session in the corresponding MBS-SessionInfo. When an empty mbs-NeighbourCellList list is signalled, the UE shall assume that MBS broadcast services signalled inmbs-SessionInfoListin the MBSBroadcastConfiguration message are not provided in any neighbour cell. When a non-empty mbs-NeighbourCellList is signalled, the current serving cell does not provide information about MBS broadcast services of a neighbour cell that is not included in mbs-NeighbourCellList, i.e., the UE cannot determine the presence or absence of an MBS service of a neighbour cell that is absent.When the field mbs-NeighbourCellListis absent, the current serving cell does not provide information about MBS broadcast services in the neighbouring cells, i.e. the UE cannot determine the presence or absence of an MBS service in neighbouring cells based on the absence of this field.
MBS-NeighbourCellList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need S drx-ConfigPTM-List-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofDRX-ConfigPTM-r17)) OF DRX-ConfigPTM-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
pdsch-ConfigMTCH-r17Provides parameters for acquiring the PDSCH for MTCH. When this field is absent, the UE shall useparameters in pdsch-ConfigMCCHto acquire the PDSCH for MTCH.
PDSCH-ConfigBroadcast-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need S mtch-SSB-MappingWindowList-r17 MTCH-SSB-MappingWindowList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MBSBROADCASTCONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MBSBroadcastConfiguration field descriptions
pdsch-ConfigMTCH
Provides parameters for acquiring the PDSCH for MTCH. When this field is absent, the UE shall useparameters in pdsch-ConfigMCCHto acquire the PDSCH for MTCH.
mbs-SessionInfoList
Provides the configuration of each MBS session provided by MBS broadcast in the current cell.
mbs-NeighbourCellList
List of neighbour cells providing one or more MBS broadcast services via broadcast MRB that are provided by the current cell. This field is used by the UE together with mtch-NeighbourCell field signalled for each MBS session in the corresponding MBS-SessionInfo. When an empty mbs-NeighbourCellList list is signalled, the UE shall assume that MBS broadcast services signalled inmbs-SessionInfoListin the MBSBroadcastConfiguration message are not provided in any neighbour cell. When a non-empty mbs-NeighbourCellList is signalled, the current serving cell does not provide information about MBS broadcast services of a neighbour cell that is not included in mbs-NeighbourCellList, i.e., the UE cannot determine the presence or absence of an MBS service of a neighbour cell that is absent.When the field mbs-NeighbourCellListis absent, the current serving cell does not provide information about MBS broadcast services in the neighbouring cells, i.e. the UE cannot determine the presence or absence of an MBS service in neighbouring cells based on the absence of this field.

–MBSInterestIndication
The MBSInterestIndication message is used to inform network that the UE is receiving/ interested to receive or no longer receiving/ interested to receive MBS broadcast service(s) via a broadcast MRB.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MBSINTERESTINDICATION-START MBSInterestIndication-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { mbsInterestIndication-r17 MBSInterestIndication-r17-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MBSInterestIndication-r17-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
mbs-FreqList-r17List of MBS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBS broadcast service via a broadcast MRB.
CarrierFreqListMBS-r17 OPTIONAL,
mbs-Priority-r17Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBS broadcast reception above unicast and MBS multicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE prioritises reception of broadcast services, on frequencies indicated in mbs-FreqList, above a reception of any of the unicast bearers and multicast MRBs. Otherwise the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
mbs-ServiceList-r17List of MBS broadcast services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive.
MBS-ServiceList-r17 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MBSINTERESTINDICATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MBSInterestIndication field descriptions
mbs-FreqList
List of MBS frequencies on which the UE is receiving or interested to receive MBS broadcast service via a broadcast MRB.
mbs-Priority
Indicates whether the UE prioritises MBS broadcast reception above unicast and MBS multicast reception. The field is present (i.e. value true), if the UE prioritises reception of broadcast services, on frequencies indicated in mbs-FreqList, above a reception of any of the unicast bearers and multicast MRBs. Otherwise the field is absent.
mbs-ServiceList
List of MBS broadcast services which the UE is receiving or interested to receive.

–MCGFailureInformation
The MCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding NR MCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START MCGFailureInformation-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { mcgFailureInformation-r16 MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MCGFailureInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportMCG-r16 FailureReportMCG-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportMCG-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { failureType-r16 ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, t312-Expiry-r16, lbt-Failure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, bh-RLF-r16, spare1} OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqList-r16The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2NR OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqListEUTRA-r16The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2EUTRA OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-r16The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure) OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-EUTRA-r16The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD-r16The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
MeasResultList2UTRA OPTIONAL, ... } MeasResultList2UTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 MeasResult2UTRA-FDD-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16, measResultNeighCellList-r16 MeasResultListUTRA-FDD-r16 } MeasResultList2EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 -- TAG-MCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListEUTRA
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultFreqListUTRA-FDD
The field contains available results of measurements on UTRA FDD frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig associated with the MCG.
measResultSCG
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available measurement results on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the measConfig associated with the SCG.
measResultSCG-EUTRA
The field contains the EUTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE which includes available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

–MeasurementReport
The MeasurementReport message is used for the indication of measurement results.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { measurementReport MeasurementReport-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MeasurementReport-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { measResults MeasResults, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–MeasurementReportAppLayer
The MeasurementReportAppLayer message is used for sending application layer measurement report.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORTAPPLAYER-START MeasurementReportAppLayer-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { measurementReportAppLayer-r17 MeasurementReportAppLayer-r17-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MeasurementReportAppLayer-r17-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { measurementReportAppLayerList-r17 MeasurementReportAppLayerList-r17, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } MeasurementReportAppLayerList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofAppLayerMeas-r17)) OF MeasReportAppLayer-r17 MeasReportAppLayer-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { measConfigAppLayerId-r17 MeasConfigAppLayerId-r17,
measReportAppLayerContainer-r17The field contains the application layer measurement report container, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [68], clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [69] and TS 26.118 [70].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
appLayerSessionStatus-r17Indicates that an application layer measurement session in the application layer starts or ends.
ENUMERATED {start, stop} OPTIONAL,
ran-VisibleMeasurements-r17The field contains the RAN visible application layer measurement report.
RAN-VisibleMeasurements-r17 OPTIONAL } RAN-VisibleMeasurements-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
appLayerBufferLevelList-r17The field indicates a list of application layer buffer levels, and each AppLayerBufferLevel indicates the application layer buffer level in ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0ms, value 1 corresponds to 10ms, value 2 corresponds to 20 ms and so on. If the buffer level is larger than the maximum value of 30000 (5 minutes), the UE reports 30000.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF AppLayerBufferLevel-r17 OPTIONAL,
playoutDelayForMediaStartup-r17Indicates the application layer playout delay for media start-up in ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0ms, value 1 corresponds to 1ms, value 2 corresponds to 2 ms and so on. If the playout delay for media start-up is larger than the maximum value of 30000ms, the UE reports 30000.
INTEGER (0..30000) OPTIONAL,
pdu-SessionIdList-r17Contains the identity of the PDU session, or the identities of the PDU sessions, used for application data flows subject to the RAN visible application layer measurements.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPDU-Sessions-r17)) OF PDU-SessionID OPTIONAL, ... } AppLayerBufferLevel-r17 ::= INTEGER (0..30000) -- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORTAPPLAYER-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MeasReportAppLayer field descriptions
appLayerSessionStatus
Indicates that an application layer measurement session in the application layer starts or ends.
measReportAppLayerContainer
The field contains the application layer measurement report container, see Annex L (normative) in TS 26.247 [68], clause 16.5 in TS 26.114 [69] and TS 26.118 [70].
ran-VisibleMeasurements
The field contains the RAN visible application layer measurement report.
RAN-VisibleMeasurements field descriptions
appLayerBufferLevelList
The field indicates a list of application layer buffer levels, and each AppLayerBufferLevel indicates the application layer buffer level in ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0ms, value 1 corresponds to 10ms, value 2 corresponds to 20 ms and so on. If the buffer level is larger than the maximum value of 30000 (5 minutes), the UE reports 30000.
playoutDelayForMediaStartup
Indicates the application layer playout delay for media start-up in ms. Value 0 corresponds to 0ms, value 1 corresponds to 1ms, value 2 corresponds to 2 ms and so on. If the playout delay for media start-up is larger than the maximum value of 30000ms, the UE reports 30000.
pdu-SessionIdList
Contains the identity of the PDU session, or the identities of the PDU sessions, used for application data flows subject to the RAN visible application layer measurements.

–MIB
The MIB includes the system information transmitted on BCH.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MIB-START MIB ::= SEQUENCE {
systemFrameNumberThe 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].
BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
subCarrierSpacingCommonSubcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR1 (see 37.213 [48]) and for operation in FR2-2, the subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages is same as that for the corresponding SSB.For operation with shared spectrum channel access, this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120},
ssb-SubcarrierOffsetCorresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR1 (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13]. This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
INTEGER (0..15),
dmrs-TypeA-PositionPosition of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
pdcch-ConfigSIB1Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
PDCCH-ConfigSIB1,
cellBarredValue barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. This field is ignored for connectivity to NTN.
ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
intraFreqReselectionControls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed}, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-MIB-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MIB field descriptions
cellBarred
Value barred means that the cell is barred, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. This field is ignored for connectivity to NTN.
dmrs-TypeA-Position
Position of (first) DM-RS for downlink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.1.1.2) and uplink (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.4.1.1.3).
intraFreqReselection
Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20].This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
pdcch-ConfigSIB1
Determines a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET), a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters. If the field ssb-SubcarrierOffset indicates that SIB1 is absent, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 indicates the frequency positions where the UE may find SS/PBCH block with SIB1 or the frequency range where the network does not provide SS/PBCH block with SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
ssb-SubcarrierOffset
Corresponds to kSSB (see TS 38.213 [13]), which is the frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1).For operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR1 (see 37.213 [48]), this field corresponds to , and kSSB is obtained from (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 7.4.3.1); the LSB of this field is used also for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. The value range of this field may be extended by an additional most significant bit encoded within PBCH as specified in TS 38.213 [13]. This field may indicate that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no CORESET#0 configured in MIB (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13). In this case, the field pdcch-ConfigSIB1 may indicate the frequency positions where the UE may (not) find a SS/PBCH with a control resource set and search space for SIB1 (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 13).
subCarrierSpacingCommon
Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR1 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 15 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 30 kHz. If the UE acquires this MIB on an FR2 carrier frequency, the value scs15or60 corresponds to 60 kHz and the value scs30or120 corresponds to 120 kHz. For operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR1 (see 37.213 [48]) and for operation in FR2-2, the subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 and MsgB for initial access, paging and broadcast SI-messages is same as that for the corresponding SSB.For operation with shared spectrum channel access, this field instead is used for deriving the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
systemFrameNumber
The 6 most significant bits (MSB) of the 10-bit System Frame Number (SFN). The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block as part of channel coding (i.e. outside the MIBencoding), as defined in clause 7.1 in TS 38.212 [17].

–MobilityFromNRCommand
The MobilityFromNRCommand message is used to command handover from NR to E-UTRA/EPC, E-UTRA/5GC or UTRA-FDD.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-START MobilityFromNRCommand ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { mobilityFromNRCommand MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
targetRAT-TypeIndicates the target RAT type.
ENUMERATED { eutra, utra-fdd-v1610, spare2, spare1, ...},
targetRAT-MessageContainerThe field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
OCTET STRING,
nas-SecurityParamFromNRIf targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond HO-ToEPCUTRAN lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } MobilityFromNRCommand-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-MOBILITYFROMNRCOMMAND-STOP -- ASN1STOP
MobilityFromNRCommand-IEs field descriptions
nas-SecurityParamFromNR
If targetRAT-Type is eutra, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to LTE/EPC handovers and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23]. If targetRAT-Type is utra-fdd, this field is used to deliver the key synchronisation and Key freshness for the NR to FDD UTRAN handover and a part of the downlink NAS COUNT as specified in TS 33.501 [11] and the content of the parameter is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
targetRAT-MessageContainer
The field contains a message specified in another standard, as indicated by the targetRAT-Type, and carries information about the target cell identifier(s) and radio parameters relevant for the target radio access technology. A complete message is included, as specified in the other standard. See NOTE 1
targetRAT-Type
Indicates the target RAT type.
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the handover is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
targetRAT-TypeStandard to applytargetRAT-MessageContainer
eutra
TS 36.331 [10] (clause 5.4.2)
DL-DCCH-Message including theRRCConnectionReconfiguration
utra-fdd
TS 25.331 [45] (clause 10.2.16a)
Handover TO UTRAN command
Conditional PresenceExplanation
HO-ToEPCUTRAN
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover to "EPC" or "FDD UTRAN". Otherwise it is absent.

–Paging
The Paging message is used for the notification of one or more UEs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-PAGING-START Paging ::= SEQUENCE {
pagingRecordListIf the network includes pagingRecordList-v1700, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in pagingRecordList (i.e. without suffix).
PagingRecordList OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension Paging-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } Paging-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { pagingRecordList-v1700 PagingRecordList-v1700 OPTIONAL, -- Need N pagingGroupList-r17 PagingGroupList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } PagingRecordList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageRec)) OF PagingRecord PagingRecordList-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageRec)) OF PagingRecord-v1700 PagingGroupList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofPageGroup-r17)) OF TMGI-r17 PagingRecord ::= SEQUENCE { ue-Identity PagingUE-Identity,
accessTypeIndicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.
ENUMERATED {non3GPP} OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } PagingRecord-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
pagingCause-r17Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to IMS voice. If this field is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for IMS voice. If upper layers indicate the support of paging cause and ifthis field is not present but pagingRecordList-v1700 is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for a service other than IMS voice. Otherwise, paging cause is undetermined.
ENUMERATED {voice} OPTIONAL -- Need N } PagingUE-Identity ::= CHOICE { ng-5G-S-TMSI NG-5G-S-TMSI, fullI-RNTI I-RNTI-Value, ... } -- TAG-PAGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
PagingRecord field descriptions
accessType
Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to the PDU sessions from the non-3GPP access.
pagingRecordList
If the network includes pagingRecordList-v1700, it includes the same number of entries, and listed in the same order, as in pagingRecordList (i.e. without suffix).
pagingCause
Indicates whether the Paging message is originated due to IMS voice. If this field is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for IMS voice. If upper layers indicate the support of paging cause and ifthis field is not present but pagingRecordList-v1700 is present, it implies that the corresponding paging entry is for a service other than IMS voice. Otherwise, paging cause is undetermined.

–RRCReestablishment
The RRCReestablishment message is used to re-establish SRB1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-START RRCReestablishment ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReestablishment RRCReestablishment-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReestablishment-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReestablishment-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReestablishment-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17Contains dedicated configurations used for L2 U2N relay related operation.The network configures only the SRAP configuration for local UE ID.
SetupRelease {SL-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReestablishment-IEs field descriptions
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config
Contains dedicated configurations used for L2 U2N relay related operation.The network configures only the SRAP configuration for local UE ID.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
L2RemoteUE
The field is mandatory present for L2 U2N Remote UE; otherwise it is absent.

–RRCReestablishmentComplete
The RRCReestablishmentComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection re-establishment.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-START RRCReestablishmentComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReestablishmentComplete RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReestablishmentComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReestablishmentComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–RRCReestablishmentRequest
The RRCReestablishmentRequest message is used to request the reestablishment of an RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-START RRCReestablishmentRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcReestablishmentRequest RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs } RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ue-IdentityUE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
ReestabUE-Identity,
reestablishmentCauseIndicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ReestablishmentCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } ReestabUE-Identity ::= SEQUENCE { c-RNTI RNTI-Value,
physCellIdThe Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
PhysCellId, shortMAC-I ShortMAC-I } ReestablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED {reconfigurationFailure, handoverFailure, otherFailure, spare1} -- TAG-RRCREESTABLISHMENTREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ReestabUE-Identity field descriptions
physCellId
The Physical Cell Identity of the PCell the UE was connected to prior to the failure.
RRCReestablishmentRequest-IEs field descriptions
reestablishmentCause
Indicates the failure cause that triggered the re-establishment procedure. gNB is not expected to reject a RRCReestablishmentRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to retrieve UE context and to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.

–RRCReconfiguration
The RRCReconfiguration message is the command to modify an RRC connection. It may convey information for measurement configuration, mobility control, radio resource configuration (including RBs, MAC main configuration and physical channel configuration) and AS security configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs, multicast MRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3. SRB4 should not be configured if sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 is configured or not released.
RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
secondaryCellGroupConfiguration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
masterCellGroupConfiguration of master cell group.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
fullConfigIndicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message for SCG contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FullConfig
dedicatedNAS-MessageListThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxDRB)) OF DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonHO masterKeyUpdate MasterKeyUpdate OPTIONAL, -- Cond MasterKeyChange
dedicatedSIB1-DeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE (including L2 U2N Remote UE).The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SIB1) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
dedicatedSystemInformationDeliveryThis field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8, SIB19, SIB20, SIB21 to the UE with an active BWP with no common search space configured or the L2 U2N Remote UE in RRC_CONNECTED. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED (including L2 U2N Remote UE), this field is also used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformation) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
otherConfigContains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfigFR2-2, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfigFR2-2,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfigExt,rlm-RelaxationReportingConfig, bfd-RelaxationReportingConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
OtherConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { otherConfig-v1540 OtherConfig-v1540 OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupConfig SetupRelease { MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sk-CounterA counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
SK-Counter OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { otherConfig-v1610 OtherConfig-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
bap-Config-r16This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
SetupRelease { BAP-Config-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M iab-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
conditionalReconfiguration-r16Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or conditional PSCell change.The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync or if the sl-L2RemoteUE-Config or sl-L2RelayUE-Config is configured.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell changeor for conditional PSCell addition.
ConditionalReconfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
daps-SourceRelease-r16Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
t316-r16Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.
SetupRelease {T316-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
onDemandSIB-Request-r16If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
SetupRelease { OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery-r16This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs) OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication/discovery.
SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
targetCellSMTC-SCG-r16The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. When UE receives this field, UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of NR PCell for PSCell addition and PSCell change for the case of no reconfiguration with sync of MCG, and UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of target NR PCell for the case of reconfiguration with sync of MCG. If both this field and the smtc in secondaryCellGroup -> SpCellConfig -> reconfigurationWithSync are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfiguration-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfiguration-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { otherConfig-v1700 OtherConfig-v1700 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-L2RelayUE-Config-r17Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by a UE acting as or to be acting as a L2 U2N Relay UE.The field is absent if conditionalReconfiguration is configured for CHO.
SetupRelease { SL-L2RelayUE-Config-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by a UE acting as or to be acting as a L2 U2N Remote UE. The field is absent if conditionalReconfiguration is configured for CHO, or if appLayerMeasConfig or SRB4 is configured/not released.
SetupRelease { SL-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
dedicatedPagingDelivery-r17This field is used to transfer Paging message for the associated L2 U2N Remote UE to the L2 U2N Relay UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING Paging) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PagingRelay
needForGapNCSG-ConfigNR-r17Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapNCSG-ConfigNR-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
needForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA-r17Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of EUTRA target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
musim-GapConfig-r17Indicates the MUSIM gap configuration and controls setup/release of MUSIM gaps. In this version of the specification, the network does not configure MUSIM gap together with concurrent measurement gap or preconfigured measurement gap for positioning.
SetupRelease {MUSIM-GapConfig-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ul-GapFR2-Config-r17Indicates the FR2 UL gap configuration to UE. In EN-DC and NGEN-DC, the SN decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern. In NE-DC, the MN decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern. In NR-DC without FR2-FR2 band combination, the network entity which is configured with FR2 serving cell(s) decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern.
SetupRelease { UL-GapFR2-Config-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
scg-State-r17Indicates that the SCG is in deactivated state. This field is not used -in an RRCReconfiguration message received: -within mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup, or -in an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, or -in an E-UTRA RRCConnectionResume message or -in an RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB3, except if the RRCReconfiguration message is included in DLInformationTransferMRDC. The field is absent if CPA or CPC is configured for the UE, or if the RRCReconfiguration message is contained in CondRRCReconfig.
ENUMERATED { deactivated } OPTIONAL, -- Need N
appLayerMeasConfig-r17This field is used to configureapplication layer measurements. This field is absent when the UE is configured to operate with shared spectrum channel access or if sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 is configured or not released.
AppLayerMeasConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ue-TxTEG-RequestUL-TDOA-Config-r17Configures the periodicity of UE reporting for the association between Tx TEG and SRS Positioning resources. When configured with oneShot UE reports the association only one time. When configured with periodicReporting UE reports the association periodically and the periodicReporting indicates the periodicity. Value ms160 corresponds to 160ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320ms and so on.
SetupRelease {UE-TxTEG-RequestUL-TDOA-Config-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } MRDC-SecondaryCellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
mrdc-ReleaseAndAddThis field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroupIncludes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration,measConfig,bap-Config and IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
CHOICE { nr-SCG OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), eutra-SCG OCTET STRING } } BAP-Config-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
bap-Address-r16Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured for the cell group to the BAP entity.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID-r16This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
BAP-RoutingID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel-r16This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel either on the MCG or on the SCG depending on whether the MN or the SN configures this field.
BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
flowControlFeedbackType-r16This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
ENUMERATED {perBH-RLC-Channel, perRoutingID, both} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } MasterKeyUpdate ::= SEQUENCE {
keySetChangeIndicatorIndicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
BOOLEAN,
nextHopChainingCountParameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
NextHopChainingCount,
nas-ContainerThis field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Cond securityNASC ... } OnDemandSIB-Request-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer-r16Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
ENUMERATED {s0, s0dot5, s1, s2, s5, s10, s20, s30} } T316-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList-r16List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList-r16List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxIAB-IP-Address-r16)) OF IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } IAB-IP-AddressConfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-IP-AddressIndex-r16This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
IAB-IP-AddressIndex-r16,
iab-IP-Address-r16This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
IAB-IP-Address-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
iab-IP-Usage-r16This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
IAB-IP-Usage-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address-r16This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
BIT STRING (SIZE(10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } SL-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need M sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA-List-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need M } SL-TimeOffsetEUTRA-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5, ms0dot625, ms0dot75, ms1, ms1dot25, ms1dot5, ms1dot75, ms2, ms2dot5, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20} UE-TxTEG-RequestUL-TDOA-Config-r17 ::= CHOICE { oneShot-r17 NULL, periodicReporting-r17 ENUMERATED { ms160, ms320, ms1280, ms2560, ms61440, ms81920, ms368640, ms737280 } } -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReconfiguration-IEs field descriptions
appLayerMeasConfig
This field is used to configureapplication layer measurements. This field is absent when the UE is configured to operate with shared spectrum channel access or if sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 is configured or not released.
bap-Config
This field is used to configure the BAP entity for IAB nodes.
bap-Address
Indicates the BAP address of an IAB-node. The BAP address of an IAB-node cannot be changed once configured for the cell group to the BAP entity.
conditionalReconfiguration
Configuration of candidate target SpCell(s) and execution condition(s) for conditional handover, conditional PSCell addition or conditional PSCell change.The field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or if the masterCellGroupincludes ReconfigurationWithSync or if the sl-L2RemoteUE-Config or sl-L2RelayUE-Config is configured.For conditional PSCell change, the field is absent if the secondaryCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in DLInformationTransferMRDC cannot contain the field conditionalReconfiguration for conditional PSCell changeor for conditional PSCell addition.
daps-SourceRelease
Indicates to UE that the source cell part of DAPS operation is to be stopped and the source cell part of DAPS configuration is to be released.
dedicatedNAS-MessageList
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for each PDU in the list.
dedicatedPagingDelivery
This field is used to transfer Paging message for the associated L2 U2N Remote UE to the L2 U2N Relay UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
dedicatedPosSysInfoDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIBPos to the UE in RRC_CONNECTED.
dedicatedSIB1-Delivery
This field is used to transfer SIB1 to the UE (including L2 U2N Remote UE).The field has the same values as the corresponding configuration in servingCellConfigCommon.
dedicatedSystemInformationDelivery
This field is used to transfer SIB6, SIB7, SIB8, SIB19, SIB20, SIB21 to the UE with an active BWP with no common search space configured or the L2 U2N Remote UE in RRC_CONNECTED. For UEs in RRC_CONNECTED (including L2 U2N Remote UE), this field is also used to transfer the SIBs requested on-demand.
defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID
This field is used for IAB-node to configure the default uplink Routing ID, which is used by IAB-node during IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishment for F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BAP-RoutingID can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes. This field is mandatory only for IAB-node bootstrapping.
defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel
This field is used for IAB-nodes to configure the default uplink BH RLC channel, which is used by IAB-nodeduring IAB-node bootstrapping, migration, IAB-MT RRC resume and IAB-MT RRC re-establishmentfor F1-C and non-F1 traffic. The defaultUL-BH-RLC-Channel can be (re-)configured when IAB-node IP address for F1-C related traffic changes, and the new IP address is anchored at a different IAB-donor-DU. This field is mandatory for IAB-node bootstrapping. If the IAB-MT is operating in EN-DC, the default uplink BH RLC channel is referring to an RLC channel on the SCG; Otherwise, it is referring to an RLC channel either on the MCG or on the SCG depending on whether the MN or the SN configures this field.
flowControlFeedbackType
This field is only used for IAB-node that support hop-by-hop flow control to configure the type of flow control feedback. Value perBH-RLC-Channel indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per BH RLC channel, value perRoutingID indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback per routing ID, and value both indicates that the IAB-node shall provide flow control feedback both per BH RLC channel and per routing ID.
fullConfig
Indicates that the full configuration option is applicable for the RRCReconfiguration message for intra-system intra-RAT HO. For inter-RAT HO from E-UTRA to NR, fullConfig indicates whether or not delta signalling of SDAP/PDCP from source RAT is applicable. This field is absent if any DAPS bearer is configured or when the RRCReconfiguration message is transmitted on SRB3, and in an RRCReconfiguration message for SCG contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1.
iab-IP-Address
This field is used to provide the IP address information for IAB-node.
iab-IP-AddressIndex
This field is used to identify a configuration of an IP address.
iab-IP-AddressToAddModList
List of IP addresses allocated for IAB-node to be added and modified.
iab-IP-AddressToReleaseList
List of IP address allocated for IAB-node to be released.
iab-IP-Usage
This field is used to indicate the usage of the assigned IP address. If this field is not configured, the assigned IP address is used for all traffic.
iab-donor-DU-BAP-Address
This field is used to indicate the BAP address of the IAB-donor-DU where the IP address is anchored.
keySetChangeIndicator
Indicates whether UE shall derive a new KgNB. If reconfigurationWithSync is included, value true indicates that a KgNB key is derived from a KAMF key taken into use through the latest successful NAS SMC procedure, or N2 handover procedure with KAMF change, as described in TS 33.501 [11] for KgNB re-keying. Value false indicates that the new KgNB key is obtained from the current KgNB key or from the NH as described in TS 33.501 [11].
masterCellGroup
Configuration of master cell group.
mrdc-ReleaseAndAdd
This field indicates that the current SCG configuration is released and a new SCG is added at the same time.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC.For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup, otherConfig, conditionalReconfiguration,measConfig,bap-Config and IAB-IP-AddressConfigurationList. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message can only include the field scg-Configuration.
musim-GapConfig
Indicates the MUSIM gap configuration and controls setup/release of MUSIM gaps. In this version of the specification, the network does not configure MUSIM gap together with concurrent measurement gap or preconfigured measurement gap for positioning.
nas-Container
This field is used to transfer UE specific NAS layer information between the network and the UE. The RRC layer is transparent for this field, although it affects activation of AS security after inter-system handover to NR. The content is defined in TS 24.501 [23].
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
needForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of EUTRA target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
needForGapNCSG-ConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
nextHopChainingCount
Parameter NCC: See TS 33.501 [11]
onDemandSIB-Request
If the field is present, the UE is allowed to request SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5.
onDemandSIB-RequestProhibitTimer
Prohibit timer for requesting SIB(s) on-demand while in RRC_CONNECTED according to clause 5.2.2.3.5. Value in seconds. Value s0 means prohibit timer is set to 0 seconds, value s0dot5 means prohibit timer is set to 0.5 seconds, value s1 means prohibit timer is set to 1 second and so on.
otherConfig
Contains configuration related to other configurations. When configured for the SCG, only fields drx-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfig, maxBW-PreferenceConfigFR2-2, maxCC-PreferenceConfig, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig,maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfigFR2-2,minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfig, minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceConfigExt,rlm-RelaxationReportingConfig, bfd-RelaxationReportingConfig, btNameList, wlanNameList, sensorNameListand obtainCommonLocationcan be included.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs, multicast MRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. In (NG)EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration is transmitted over SRB3. SRB4 should not be configured if sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 is configured or not released.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
scg-State
Indicates that the SCG is in deactivated state. This field is not used -in an RRCReconfiguration message received: -within mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup, or -in an E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, or -in an E-UTRA RRCConnectionResume message or -in an RRCReconfiguration message received via SRB3, except if the RRCReconfiguration message is included in DLInformationTransferMRDC. The field is absent if CPA or CPC is configured for the UE, or if the RRCReconfiguration message is contained in CondRRCReconfig.
sl-L2RelayUE-Config
Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by a UE acting as or to be acting as a L2 U2N Relay UE.The field is absent if conditionalReconfiguration is configured for CHO.
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config
Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by a UE acting as or to be acting as a L2 U2N Remote UE. The field is absent if conditionalReconfiguration is configured for CHO, or if appLayerMeasConfig or SRB4 is configured/not released.
secondaryCellGroup
Configuration of secondary cell group ((NG)EN-DC or NR-DC).
sk-Counter
A counter used upon initial configuration of S-KgNB or S-KeNB, as well as upon refresh of S-KgNB or S-KeNB. This field is always included either upon initial configuration of an NR SCG or upon configuration of the first RB with keyToUse set to secondary, whichever happens first. This field is absent if there is neither any NR SCG nor any RB with keyToUse set to secondary.
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR
This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication/discovery.
sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA-Info
This field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration can only includes sidelink related fields for V2X sidelink communication, i.e. sl-V2X-ConfigDedicated, sl-V2X-SPS-Config, measConfig and/or otherConfig.
sl-TimeOffsetEUTRA
This field indicates the possible time offset to (de)activation of V2X sidelink transmission after receiving DCI format 3_1 used for scheduling V2X sidelink communication. Value ms0dpt75 corresponds to 0.75ms, ms1 corresponds to 1ms and so on. The network includes this field only when sl-ConfigDedicatedEUTRA is configured.
targetCellSMTC-SCG
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell addition and SN change. When UE receives this field, UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of NR PCell for PSCell addition and PSCell change for the case of no reconfiguration with sync of MCG, and UE applies the configuration based on the timing reference of target NR PCell for the case of reconfiguration with sync of MCG. If both this field and the smtc in secondaryCellGroup -> SpCellConfig -> reconfigurationWithSync are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
t316
Indicates the value for timer T316 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms50 corresponds to 50 ms, value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms and so on. This field can be configured only if the UE is configured with split SRB1 or SRB3.
ue-TxTEG-RequestUL-TDOA-Config
Configures the periodicity of UE reporting for the association between Tx TEG and SRS Positioning resources. When configured with oneShot UE reports the association only one time. When configured with periodicReporting UE reports the association periodically and the periodicReporting indicates the periodicity. Value ms160 corresponds to 160ms, value ms320 corresponds to 320ms and so on.
ul-GapFR2-Config
Indicates the FR2 UL gap configuration to UE. In EN-DC and NGEN-DC, the SN decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern. In NE-DC, the MN decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern. In NR-DC without FR2-FR2 band combination, the network entity which is configured with FR2 serving cell(s) decides and configures the FR2 UL gap pattern.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
nonHO
The field is absent in case of reconfiguration with sync within NR or to NR; otherwise it is optionally present, need N.
securityNASC
This field is mandatory present in case of inter system handover. Otherwise the field is optionally present, need N.
MasterKeyChange
This field is mandatory present in case masterCellGroup includes ReconfigurationWithSync and RadioBearerConfig includes SecurityConfig with SecurityAlgorithmConfig, indicating a change of the AS security algorithms associated to the master key. If ReconfigurationWithSync is included for other cases, this field is optionally present, need N. Otherwise the field is absent.
FullConfig
The field is mandatory present in case of inter-system handover from E-UTRA/EPC to NR. It is optionally present, Need N, during reconfiguration with sync and also in first reconfiguration after reestablishment; or for intra-system handover from E-UTRA/5GC to NR. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in:
-an RRCReconfiguration message contained in an RRCResume message (or in an RRCConnectionResume message, see TS 36.331 [10]), -an RRCReconfiguration message contained in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10], which is contained in DLInformationTransferMRDCtransmitted on SRB3 (as a response to ULInformationTransferMRDC including an MCGFailureInformation). The field is optional present, Need M, in: -an RRCReconfiguration message transmitted on SRB3, -an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message (or in an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message, see TS 36.331 [10]) transmitted on SRB1 -an RRCReconfiguration message contained in another RRCReconfiguration message which is contained in DLInformationTransferMRDCtransmitted on SRB3 (as a response to ULInformationTransferMRDC including an MCGFailureInformation) Otherwise, the field is absent
PagingRelay
For L2 U2N Relay UE, the field is optionally present, Need N. Otherwise, it is absent.

–RRCReconfigurationComplete
The RRCReconfigurationComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection reconfiguration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START RRCReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1530-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentList OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
scg-ResponseIn case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
CHOICE { nr-SCG-Response OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), eutra-SCG-Response OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL,
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1640-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
needForGapNCSG-InfoNR-r17This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
NeedForGapNCSG-InfoNR-r17 OPTIONAL,
needForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA-r17This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for EUTRA target bands.
NeedForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA-r17 OPTIONAL,
selectedCondRRCReconfig-r17This field indicates the ID of the selected conditional reconfiguration the UE applied upon the execution of CPA or inter-SN CPC.
CondReconfigId-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1720-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCReconfigurationComplete-v1720-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList-r17The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured intra-band CA requested by reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17.
UplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs field descriptions
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
needForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for EUTRA target bands.
needForGapNCSG-InfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
scg-Response
In case of NR-DC (nr-SCG-Response), this field includes the RRCReconfigurationComplete message. In case of NE-DC (eutra-SCG-Response), this field includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfigurationComplete message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
selectedCondRRCReconfig
This field indicates the ID of the selected conditional reconfiguration the UE applied upon the execution of CPA or inter-SN CPC.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured intra-band CA requested by reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

–RRCReject
The RRCReject message is used to reject an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection resumption.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCREJECT-START RRCReject ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcReject RRCReject-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCReject-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
waitTimeWait time value in seconds. The field is always included.
RejectWaitTime OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCREJECT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCReject-IEs field descriptions
waitTime
Wait time value in seconds. The field is always included.

–RRCRelease
The RRCRelease message is used to command the release of an RRC connection or the suspension of the RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-START RRCRelease ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcRelease RRCRelease-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCRelease-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
redirectedCarrierInfoIndicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
RedirectedCarrierInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need N
cellReselectionPrioritiesDedicated priorities to be used for cell reselection as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. The maximum number of NR carrier frequencies that the network can configure through FreqPriorityListNR and FreqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing together is eight. If the same frequency is configured in both FreqPriorityListNR and FreqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing, the frequency is only counted once.
CellReselectionPriorities OPTIONAL, -- Need R
suspendConfigIndicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
SuspendConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need R
deprioritisationReqIndicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
SEQUENCE { deprioritisationType ENUMERATED {frequency, nr},
deprioritisationTimerIndicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min15, min30} } OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { waitTime RejectWaitTime OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
voiceFallbackIndication-r16Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
measIdleConfig-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
SetupRelease {MeasIdleConfigDedicated-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1650-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1650-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
mpsPriorityIndication-r16Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to NR or set the resume cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to NR. If the target RAT is E-UTRA, see TS36.331[10]. The gNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the gNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCRelease message.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Redirection2 nonCriticalExtension RRCRelease-v1710-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCRelease-v1710-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
noLastCellUpdate-r17Presence of the field indicates that the last used cell for PEI shall not be updated. When the field is absent, the PEI-capable UE shall update its last used cell with the current cell. The UE shall not update its last used cell with the current cell if the AS security is not activated.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need S nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } RedirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE { nr CarrierInfoNR, eutra RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA, ... } RedirectedCarrierInfo-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { eutraFrequency ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
cnTypeIndicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
ENUMERATED {epc,fiveGC} OPTIONAL -- Need N } CarrierInfoNR ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueNR,
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 120 or 240 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
SubcarrierSpacing,
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S ... } SuspendConfig ::= SEQUENCE { fullI-RNTI I-RNTI-Value, shortI-RNTI ShortI-RNTI-Value,
ran-PagingCycleRefers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
PagingCycle,
ran-NotificationAreaInfoNetwork ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need M
t380Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue OPTIONAL, -- Need R nextHopChainingCount NextHopChainingCount, ..., [[
sl-UEIdentityRemote-r17Indicates the C-RNTI to the L2 U2N Remote UE.
RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE sdt-Config-r17 SetupRelease { SDT-Config-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M srs-PosRRC-Inactive-r17 SetupRelease { SRS-PosRRC-Inactive-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ran-ExtendedPagingCycle-r17The extended DRX (eDRX) cycle for RAN-initiated paging to be applied by the UE. Value rf256 corresponds to 256 radio frames, value rf512 corresponds to 512 radio frames and so on. Value of the field indicates an eDRX cycle which is shorter or equal to the IDLE mode eDRX cycle configured for the UE.
ExtendedPagingCycle-r17 OPTIONAL -- Cond RANPaging ]], [[
ncd-SSB-RedCapInitialBWP-SDT-r17Indicates that the UE uses the RedCap-specific initial DL BWP associated with the NCD-SSB for SDT. The network configures this field if a RedCap UE is configured with SDT in the RedCap-specific initial DL BWP not associated with CD-SSB. If configured, the NCD-SSB indicated by this field can only be used during the SDT procedure for CG-SDT or RA-SDT.
SetupRelease {NonCellDefiningSSB-r17} OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } PeriodicRNAU-TimerValue ::= ENUMERATED { min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min360, min720} CellReselectionPriorities ::= SEQUENCE { freqPriorityListEUTRA FreqPriorityListEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need M freqPriorityListNR FreqPriorityListNR OPTIONAL, -- Need M t320 ENUMERATED {min5, min10, min20, min30, min60, min120, min180, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[ freqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing-r17 FreqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } PagingCycle ::= ENUMERATED {rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256} ExtendedPagingCycle-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {rf256, rf512, rf1024, spare1} FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA FreqPriorityListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityNR FreqPriorityEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL -- Need R } FreqPriorityNR ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqIndicates the redirected NR frequency.
ARFCN-ValueNR, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL -- Need R } RAN-NotificationAreaInfo ::= CHOICE {
cellListA list of cells configured as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList,
ran-AreaConfigListA list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList, ... } PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaCell PLMN-RAN-AreaCell ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ran-AreaCellsThe total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF CellIdentity } PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMNIdentities)) OF PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityPLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ran-AreaIndicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF RAN-AreaConfig } RAN-AreaConfig ::= SEQUENCE { trackingAreaCode TrackingAreaCode,
ran-AreaCodeListThe total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF RAN-AreaCode OPTIONAL -- Need R } SDT-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sdt-DRB-List-r17Indicates the ID(s) of the DRB(s) that are configured for SDT. If size of the sequence is zero, then the UE assumes that none of the DRBs are configured for SDT. The network only configures MN terminated MCG bearers for SDT.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (0..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-SRB2-Indication-r17Indiates whether SRB2 is configured for SDT or not.
ENUMERATED {allowed} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sdt-MAC-PHY-CG-Config-r17 SetupRelease {SDT-CG-Config-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-DRB-ContinueROHC-r17Indicates whether the PDCP entity of the radio bearers configured for SDT continues or resets the ROHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment during SDT procedure, as specified in TS 38.323 [5]. Value cell indicates that ROHC header compression continues when the UE resumes for SDT in the same cell as the PCell when the RRCRelease message was received. Value rna indicates that ROHC header compression continues when the UE resumes for SDT in a cell belonging to the same RNA as the PCell where the RRCRelease message was received. If the field is absent, the UE releases any stored value for this field and the PDCP entity of the radio bearers configured for SDT always resets the ROHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment when SDT procedure is initiated, as specified in TS 38.323 [5].
ENUMERATED { cell, rna } OPTIONAL -- Need S } SDT-CG-Config-r17 ::= OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SDT-MAC-PHY-CG-Config-r17) SDT-MAC-PHY-CG-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { -- CG-SDT specific configuration cg-SDT-ConfigLCH-RestrictionToAddModList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF CG-SDT-ConfigLCH-Restriction-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N cg-SDT-ConfigLCH-RestrictionToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL, -- Need N
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-NUL-r17UL BWP configuration for CG-SDT on NUL carrier. If a UE is a RedCap UE and if the initialUplinkBWP-RedCap is configured in uplinkConfigCommon in SIB1, this field is configured for initialUplinkBWP-RedCap, otherwise it is configured for initialUplinkBWP for NUL.
SetupRelease {BWP-UplinkDedicatedSDT-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-SUL-r17UL BWP configuration for CG-SDT on SUL carrier configured for the initialUplinkBWP for SUL.
SetupRelease {BWP-UplinkDedicatedSDT-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-DL-r17Downlink BWP configuration for CG-SDT. If a UE is a RedCap UE and if the initialDownlinkBWP-RedCap is configured in downlinkConfigCommon in SIB1, this field is configured for initialDownlinkBWP-RedCap, otherwise it is configured for initialDownlinkBWP.
BWP-DownlinkDedicatedSDT-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need M cg-SDT-TimeAlignmentTimer-r17 TimeAlignmentTimer OPTIONAL, -- Need M
cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB-r17An RSRP threshold configured for SSB selection for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M
cg-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig-r17Configuration for the RSRP based TA validation. If this field is not configured, then the UE does not perform RSRP based TA validation.
SetupRelease { CG-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
cg-SDT-CS-RNTI-r17The CS-RNTI value for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } CG-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
cg-SDT-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r17The RSRP threshold for TA validation for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value dB2 corresponds to 2 dB, value dB4 corresponds to 4 dB and so on.
ENUMERATED { dB2, dB4, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB14, dB18, dB22, dB26, dB30, dB34, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } BWP-DownlinkDedicatedSDT-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { pdcch-Config-r17 SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M pdsch-Config-r17 SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } BWP-UplinkDedicatedSDT-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { pusch-Config-r17 SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r17 ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r17 ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } CG-SDT-ConfigLCH-Restriction-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
logicalChannelIdentity-r17ID used commonly for the MAC logical channel and for the RLC bearer associated with a servedRadioBearer configured for SDT.
LogicalChannelIdentity,
configuredGrantType1Allowed-r17If present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1 for CG-SDT. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1 for CG-SDT. Corresponds to "configuredGrantType1Allowed" in TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
allowedCG-List-r17This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a configured grant for CG-SDT. If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated CG-SDT configured grant configuration. If the size of the sequence is zero, then UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be mapped to any CG-SDT configured grant configurations. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any CG-SDT configured grant configurations. If the field configuredGrantType1Allowed is present, only those CG-SDT configured grant type 1 configurations indicated in this sequence are allowed for use by this logical channel; otherwise, this sequence shall not include any CG-SDT configured grant type 1 configuration. Corresponds to "allowedCG-List" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfigMAC-1-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R } SRS-PosRRC-Inactive-r17 ::= OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SRS-PosRRC-InactiveConfig-r17) SRS-PosRRC-InactiveConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
srs-PosConfigNUL-r17SRS for Positioning configuration in RRC_INACTIVE state in Normal Uplink Carrier.
SRS-PosConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
srs-PosConfigSUL-r17SRS for Positioning configuration in RRC_INACTIVE state in Supplementary Uplink Carrier.
SRS-PosConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
bwp-NUL-r17BWP configuration for SRS for Positioning during the RRC_INACTIVE state in Normal Uplink Carrier. If the field is absent UE is configured with an SRS for Positioning associated with the initial UL BWP and transmitted, during the RRC_INACTIVE state, inside the initial UL BWP with the same CP and SCS as configured for initial UL BWP.
BWP OPTIONAL, -- Need S
bwp-SUL-r17BWP configuration for SRS for Positioning during the RRC_INACTIVE state in Supplementary Uplink Carrier. If the field is absent UE is configured with an SRS for Positioning associated with the initial UL BWP and transmitted, during the RRC_INACTIVE state, inside the initial UL BWP with the same CP and SCS as configured for initial UL BWP.
BWP OPTIONAL, -- Need S
inactivePosSRS-TimeAlignmentTimer-r17TAT value for SRS for positioning transmission during RRC_INACTIVE state as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The network always configures this field whensrs-PosRRC-Inactive is configured.
TimeAlignmentTimer OPTIONAL, -- Need M
inactivePosSRS-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r17RSRP threshold for the increase/decrease of RSRP for time alignment validation as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need M } RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {dB4, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB14, dB18, dB22, dB26, dB30, dB34, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} SRS-PosConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { srs-PosResourceSetToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-PosResourceSets-r16)) OF SRS-PosResourceSetId-r16 OPTIONAL,-- Need N srs-PosResourceSetToAddModList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-PosResourceSets-r16)) OF SRS-PosResourceSet-r16 OPTIONAL,-- Need N srs-PosResourceToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-PosResources-r16)) OF SRS-PosResourceId-r16 OPTIONAL,-- Need N srs-PosResourceToAddModList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-PosResources-r16)) OF SRS-PosResource-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need N } -- TAG-RRCRELEASE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCRelease-IEs field descriptions
cellReselectionPriorities
Dedicated priorities to be used for cell reselection as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. The maximum number of NR carrier frequencies that the network can configure through FreqPriorityListNR and FreqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing together is eight. If the same frequency is configured in both FreqPriorityListNR and FreqPriorityListDedicatedSlicing, the frequency is only counted once.
cnType
Indicate that the UE is redirected to EPC or 5GC.
deprioritisationReq
Indicates whether the current frequency or RAT is to be de-prioritised.
deprioritisationTimer
Indicates the period for which either the current carrier frequency or NR is deprioritised. Value minN corresponds to N minutes.
measIdleConfig
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
mpsPriorityIndication
Indicates the UE can set the establishment cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a new connection following a redirect to NR or set the resume cause to mps-PriorityAccess for a resume following a redirect to NR. If the target RAT is E-UTRA, see TS36.331[10]. The gNB sets the indication only for UEs authorized to receive MPS treatment as indicated by ARP and/or QoS characteristics at the gNB, and it is applicable only for this instance of release with redirection to carrier/RAT included in the redirectedCarrierInfo field in the RRCRelease message.
noLastCellUpdate
Presence of the field indicates that the last used cell for PEI shall not be updated. When the field is absent, the PEI-capable UE shall update its last used cell with the current cell. The UE shall not update its last used cell with the current cell if the AS security is not activated.
srs-PosRRC-InactiveConfig
SRS for positioning configuration during RRC_INACTIVE state.
suspendConfig
Indicates configuration for the RRC_INACTIVE state. The network does not configure suspendConfig when the network redirect the UE to an inter-RAT carrier frequencyor if the UE is configured with a DAPS bearer.
redirectedCarrierInfo
Indicates a carrier frequency (downlink for FDD) and is used to redirect the UE to an NR or an inter-RAT carrier frequency, by means of cell selection at transition to RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. Based on UE capability, the network may includeredirectedCarrierInfo in RRCRelease message with suspendConfig if this message is sent in response to an RRCResumeRequest or an RRCResumeRequest1 which is triggered by the NAS layer (see 5.3.1.4 in TS 24.501 [23]).
voiceFallbackIndication
Indicates the RRC release is triggered by EPS fallback for IMS voice as specified in TS 23.502 [43].
CarrierInfoNR field descriptions
carrierFreq
Indicates the redirected NR frequency.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB in the redirected SSB frequency. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 120 or 240 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration for the redirected SSB frequency. It is based on timing reference of PCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC configured in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing.
RAN-NotificationAreaInfo field descriptions
cellList
A list of cells configured as RAN area.
ran-AreaConfigList
A list of RAN area codes or RA code(s) as RAN area.
PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-Area belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-Area always belongs to the registered SNPN).
ran-AreaCodeList
The total number of RAN-AreaCodes of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
ran-Area
Indicates whether TA code(s) or RAN area code(s) are used for the RAN notification area. The network uses only TA code(s) or both TA code(s) and RAN area code(s) to configure a UE. The total number of TACs across all PLMNs does not exceed 16.
PLMN-RAN-AreaCell field descriptions
plmn-Identity
PLMN Identity to which the cells in ran-AreaCells belong. If the field is absent the UE not in SNPN access mode uses the ID of the registered PLMN. This field is not included for UE in SNPN access mode (for UE in SNPN access mode the ran-AreaCells always belongs to the registered SNPN).
ran-AreaCells
The total number of cells of all PLMNs does not exceed 32.
SDT-Config field descriptions
sdt-DRB-ContinueROHC
Indicates whether the PDCP entity of the radio bearers configured for SDT continues or resets the ROHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment during SDT procedure, as specified in TS 38.323 [5]. Value cell indicates that ROHC header compression continues when the UE resumes for SDT in the same cell as the PCell when the RRCRelease message was received. Value rna indicates that ROHC header compression continues when the UE resumes for SDT in a cell belonging to the same RNA as the PCell where the RRCRelease message was received. If the field is absent, the UE releases any stored value for this field and the PDCP entity of the radio bearers configured for SDT always resets the ROHC header compression protocol during PDCP re-establishment when SDT procedure is initiated, as specified in TS 38.323 [5].
sdt-DRB-List
Indicates the ID(s) of the DRB(s) that are configured for SDT. If size of the sequence is zero, then the UE assumes that none of the DRBs are configured for SDT. The network only configures MN terminated MCG bearers for SDT.
sdt-SRB2-Indication
Indiates whether SRB2 is configured for SDT or not.
SDT-MAC-PHY-CG-Config field descriptions
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-DL
Downlink BWP configuration for CG-SDT. If a UE is a RedCap UE and if the initialDownlinkBWP-RedCap is configured in downlinkConfigCommon in SIB1, this field is configured for initialDownlinkBWP-RedCap, otherwise it is configured for initialDownlinkBWP.
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-NUL
UL BWP configuration for CG-SDT on NUL carrier. If a UE is a RedCap UE and if the initialUplinkBWP-RedCap is configured in uplinkConfigCommon in SIB1, this field is configured for initialUplinkBWP-RedCap, otherwise it is configured for initialUplinkBWP for NUL.
cg-SDT-ConfigInitialBWP-SUL
UL BWP configuration for CG-SDT on SUL carrier configured for the initialUplinkBWP for SUL.
cg-SDT-CS-RNTI
The CS-RNTI value for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB
An RSRP threshold configured for SSB selection for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
cg-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig
Configuration for the RSRP based TA validation. If this field is not configured, then the UE does not perform RSRP based TA validation.
cg-SDT-timeAlignmentTimer
TAT value for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The network always configures this field when sdt-MAC-PHY-CG-Config is configured.
CG-SDT-ConfigLCH-Restriction field descriptions
allowedCG-List
This restriction applies only when the UL grant is a configured grant for CG-SDT. If present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can only be mapped to the indicated CG-SDT configured grant configuration. If the size of the sequence is zero, then UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be mapped to any CG-SDT configured grant configurations. If the field is not present, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be mapped to any CG-SDT configured grant configurations. If the field configuredGrantType1Allowed is present, only those CG-SDT configured grant type 1 configurations indicated in this sequence are allowed for use by this logical channel; otherwise, this sequence shall not include any CG-SDT configured grant type 1 configuration. Corresponds to "allowedCG-List" as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
configuredGrantType1Allowed
If present, or if the capability lcp-Restriction as specified in TS 38.306 [26] is not supported, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel can be transmitted on a configured grant type 1 for CG-SDT. Otherwise, UL MAC SDUs from this logical channel cannot be transmitted on a configured grant type 1 for CG-SDT. Corresponds to "configuredGrantType1Allowed" in TS 38.321 [3].
logicalChannelIdentity
ID used commonly for the MAC logical channel and for the RLC bearer associated with a servedRadioBearer configured for SDT.
CG-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig field descriptions
cg-SDT-RSRP-ChangeThreshold
The RSRP threshold for TA validation for CG-SDT as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value dB2 corresponds to 2 dB, value dB4 corresponds to 4 dB and so on.
SRS-PosRRC-InactiveConfig field descriptions
bwp-NUL
BWP configuration for SRS for Positioning during the RRC_INACTIVE state in Normal Uplink Carrier. If the field is absent UE is configured with an SRS for Positioning associated with the initial UL BWP and transmitted, during the RRC_INACTIVE state, inside the initial UL BWP with the same CP and SCS as configured for initial UL BWP.
bwp-SUL
BWP configuration for SRS for Positioning during the RRC_INACTIVE state in Supplementary Uplink Carrier. If the field is absent UE is configured with an SRS for Positioning associated with the initial UL BWP and transmitted, during the RRC_INACTIVE state, inside the initial UL BWP with the same CP and SCS as configured for initial UL BWP.
inactivePosSRS-RSRP-ChangeThreshold
RSRP threshold for the increase/decrease of RSRP for time alignment validation as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
inactivePosSRS-TimeAlignmentTimer
TAT value for SRS for positioning transmission during RRC_INACTIVE state as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The network always configures this field whensrs-PosRRC-Inactive is configured.
srs-PosConfigNUL
SRS for Positioning configuration in RRC_INACTIVE state in Normal Uplink Carrier.
srs-PosConfigSUL
SRS for Positioning configuration in RRC_INACTIVE state in Supplementary Uplink Carrier.
SuspendConfig field descriptions
ncd-SSB-RedCapInitialBWP-SDT
Indicates that the UE uses the RedCap-specific initial DL BWP associated with the NCD-SSB for SDT. The network configures this field if a RedCap UE is configured with SDT in the RedCap-specific initial DL BWP not associated with CD-SSB. If configured, the NCD-SSB indicated by this field can only be used during the SDT procedure for CG-SDT or RA-SDT.
ran-ExtendedPagingCycle
The extended DRX (eDRX) cycle for RAN-initiated paging to be applied by the UE. Value rf256 corresponds to 256 radio frames, value rf512 corresponds to 512 radio frames and so on. Value of the field indicates an eDRX cycle which is shorter or equal to the IDLE mode eDRX cycle configured for the UE.
ran-NotificationAreaInfo
Network ensures that the UE in RRC_INACTIVE always has a valid ran-NotificationAreaInfo.
ran-PagingCycle
Refers to the UE specific cycle for RAN-initiated paging. Value rf32 corresponds to 32 radio frames, value rf64 corresponds to 64 radio frames and so on.
sl-UEIdentityRemote
Indicates the C-RNTI to the L2 U2N Remote UE.
t380
Refers to the timer that triggers the periodic RNAU procedure in UE. Value min5 corresponds to 5 minutes, value min10 corresponds to 10 minutes and so on.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
L2RemoteUE
The field is mandatory present for L2 U2N Remote UE's RNAU; otherwise it is absent.
RANPaging
This field is optionally present, Need R, if the UE is configured with IDLE eDRX, see TS 24.501 [23]; otherwise the field is not present.
Redirection2
The field is optionally present, Need R, if redirectedCarrierInfo is included; otherwise the field is not present.

–RRCResume
The RRCResume message is used to resume the suspended RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUME-START RRCResume ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcResume RRCResume-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCResume-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigConfiguration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs, multicast MRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
masterCellGroupConfiguration of the master cell group.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M fullConfig ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResume-v1560-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResume-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfig2Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sk-CounterA counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.
SK-Counter OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension RRCResume-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResume-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
restoreMCG-SCells-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
restoreSCG-r16Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup-r16Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC. For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup(with at least reconfigurationWithSync),otherConfigand measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
CHOICE { nr-SCG-r16 OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration), eutra-SCG-r16 OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, -- Cond RestoreSCG
needForGapsConfigNR-r16Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapsConfigNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension RRCResume-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResume-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR-r17This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication/discovery used by L2 U2N Remote UE.
SetupRelease {SL-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by L2 U2N Remote UE.The field is absent if appLayerMeasConfig or SRB4 is configured/not released.
SetupRelease {SL-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE
needForGapNCSG-ConfigNR-r17Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapNCSG-ConfigNR-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
needForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA-r17Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of EUTRA target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
SetupRelease {NeedForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA-r17} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
scg-State-r17Indicates that the SCG is in deactivated state.
ENUMERATED {deactivated} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
appLayerMeasConfig-r17This field is used to configureapplication layer measurements. This field is absent when the UE is configured to operate with shared spectrum channel access.
AppLayerMeasConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need M nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRESUME-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResume-IEs field descriptions
appLayerMeasConfig
This field is used to configureapplication layer measurements. This field is absent when the UE is configured to operate with shared spectrum channel access.
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurements, if available, to the network in the RRCResumeComplete message
masterCellGroup
Configuration of the master cell group.
mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup
Includes an RRC message for SCG configuration in NR-DC or NE-DC. For NR-DC (nr-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup contains the RRCReconfiguration message as generated (entirely) by SN gNB. In this version of the specification, the RRC message can only include fields secondaryCellGroup(with at least reconfigurationWithSync),otherConfigand measConfig. For NE-DC (eutra-SCG), mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup includes the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the E-UTRA RRC message only include the field scg-Configuration with at least mobilityControlInfoSCG.
needForGapsConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
needForGapNCSG-ConfigEUTRA
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of EUTRA target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
needForGapNCSG-ConfigNR
Configuration for the UE to report measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of NR target bands in the RRCReconfigurationComplete and RRCResumeComplete message.
radioBearerConfig
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs, multicast MRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
radioBearerConfig2
Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP. This field can only be used if the UE supports NR-DC or NE-DC.
restoreMCG-SCells
Indicates that the UE shall restore the MCG SCells from the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
restoreSCG
Indicates that the UE shall restore the SCG configurationsfrom the UE Inactive AS Context, if stored.
scg-State
Indicates that the SCG is in deactivated state.
sk-Counter
A counter used to derive S-KgNB or S-KeNB based on the newly derived KgNB during RRC Resume. The field is only included when there is one or more RB with keyToUse set to secondaryor mrdc-SecondaryCellGroup is included.
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR
This field is used to provide the dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication/discovery used by L2 U2N Remote UE.
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config
Contains L2 U2N relay operation related configurations used by L2 U2N Remote UE.The field is absent if appLayerMeasConfig or SRB4 is configured/not released.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
L2RemoteUE
The field is mandatory present for L2 U2N Remote UE; otherwise it is absent.
RestoreSCG
The field is mandatory present if restoreSCG is included. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–RRCResumeComplete
The RRCResumeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection resumption.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-START RRCResumeComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcResumeComplete RRCResumeComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCResumeComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL,
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) OPTIONAL,
uplinkTxDirectCurrentListThe Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentList OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasResultIdleNR-r16 OPTIONAL, scg-Response-r16 CHOICE { nr-SCG-Response OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfigurationComplete), eutra-SCG-Response OCTET STRING } OPTIONAL, ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryAvail-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, mobilityState-r16 ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL,
needForGapsInfoNR-r16This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
NeedForGapsInfoNR-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1640-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).
UplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList-r16 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
needForGapNCSG-InfoNR-r17This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for NR target bands
NeedForGapNCSG-InfoNR-r17 OPTIONAL,
needForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA-r17This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for EUTRA target bands
NeedForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCResumeComplete-v1720-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCResumeComplete-v1720-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
uplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList-r17The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured intra-band CA requested by reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17.
UplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCRESUMECOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeComplete-IEs field descriptions
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE.
needForGapsInfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap requirement information of the UE for NR target bands.
needForGapNCSG-InfoEUTRA
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for EUTRA target bands
needForGapNCSG-InfoNR
This field is used to indicate the measurement gap and NCSG requirement information of the UE for NR target bands
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoListor npn-IdentityInfoListfields included in SIB1.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured serving cells and BWPs if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent in CellGroupConfig).
uplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured intra-band CA requested by reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17.
uplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrierList
The Tx Direct Current locations for the configured uplink intra-band CA with two carriers if requested by the NW (see reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16 in CellGroupConfig).

–RRCResumeRequest
The RRCResumeRequest message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or perform an RNA update.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-START RRCResumeRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcResumeRequest RRCResumeRequest-IEs } RRCResumeRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
ShortI-RNTI-Value,
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ResumeCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeRequest-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRC connection resume request as provided by the upper layers or RRC. The network is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

–RRCResumeRequest1
The RRCResumeRequest1 message is used to request the resumption of a suspended RRC connection or perform an RNA update.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-START RRCResumeRequest1 ::= SEQUENCE { rrcResumeRequest1 RRCResumeRequest1-IEs } RRCResumeRequest1-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
resumeIdentityUE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
I-RNTI-Value,
resumeMAC-IAuthentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
resumeCauseProvides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ResumeCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } -- TAG-RRCRESUMEREQUEST1-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCResumeRequest1-IEs field descriptions
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause for the RRCResumeRequest1 as provided by the upper layers or RRC. A gNB is not expected to reject an RRCResumeRequest1 due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
resumeIdentity
UE identity to facilitate UE context retrieval at gNB.
resumeMAC-I
Authentication token to facilitate UE authentication at gNB. The 16 least significant bits of the MAC-I calculated using the AS security configuration as specified in 5.3.13.3.

–RRCSetup
The RRCSetup message is used to establish SRB1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUP-START RRCSetup ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSetup RRCSetup-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCSetup-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
radioBearerConfigOnly SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.
RadioBearerConfig,
masterCellGroupThe network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig), lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCSetup-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCSetup-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR-r17Contains dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.The network configures only the PC5 Relay RLC channel and sl-PHY-MAC-RLC-Configused for the SRB1.
SL-ConfigDedicatedNR-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17Contains dedicated configurations used for L2 U2N relay related operation.The network configures only the SRAP configuration used for the SRB1 and local UE ID.
SL-L2RemoteUE-Config-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Cond L2RemoteUE nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-RRCSETUP-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetup-IEs field descriptions
masterCellGroup
The network configures only the RLC bearer for the SRB1, mac-CellGroupConfig, physicalCellGroupConfig and spCellConfig.
radioBearerConfig
Only SRB1 can be configured in RRC setup.
sl-ConfigDedicatedNR
Contains dedicated configurations for NR sidelink communication.The network configures only the PC5 Relay RLC channel and sl-PHY-MAC-RLC-Configused for the SRB1.
sl-L2RemoteUE-Config
Contains dedicated configurations used for L2 U2N relay related operation.The network configures only the SRAP configuration used for the SRB1 and local UE ID.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
L2RemoteUE
The field is mandatory present for L2 U2N Remote UE; otherwise it is absent.

–RRCSetupComplete
The RRCSetupComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of an RRC connection establishment.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-START RRCSetupComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSetupComplete RRCSetupComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } RRCSetupComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
selectedPLMN-IdentityIndex of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
INTEGER (1..maxPLMN),
registeredAMFThis field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
RegisteredAMF OPTIONAL,
guami-TypeThis field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
ENUMERATED {native, mapped} OPTIONAL, s-NSSAI-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofS-NSSAI)) OF S-NSSAI OPTIONAL, dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message, ng-5G-S-TMSI-Value CHOICE { ng-5G-S-TMSI NG-5G-S-TMSI,
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
BIT STRING (SIZE (9)) } OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCSetupComplete-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-NodeIndication-r16This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
idleMeasAvailable-r16Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ue-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 UE-MeasurementsAvailable-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryAvail-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
mobilityState-r16This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ENUMERATED {normal, medium, high, spare} OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCSetupComplete-v1690-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCSetupComplete-v1690-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ul-RRC-Segmentation-r16This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentationof UECapabilityInformation.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension RRCSetupComplete-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } RRCSetupComplete-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
onboardingRequest-r17This field indicates that the connection is being established for UE onboarding in the selected onboarding SNPN, see TS 23.501 [32].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } RegisteredAMF ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-Identity PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, amf-Identifier AMF-Identifier } -- TAG-RRCSETUPCOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetupComplete-IEs field descriptions
guami-Type
This field is used to indicate whether the GUAMI included is native (derived from native 5G-GUTI) or mapped (from EPS, derived from EPS GUTI) as specified in TS 24.501 [23].
iab-NodeIndication
This field is used to indicate that the connection is being established by an IAB-node as specified in TS 38.300 [2].
idleMeasAvailable
Indication that the UE has idle/inactive measurement report available.
mobilityState
This field indicates the UE mobility state (as defined in TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.3) just prior to UE going into RRC_CONNECTED state. The UE indicates the value of medium and high when being in Medium-mobility and High-mobility states respectively. Otherwise the UE indicates the value normal.
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part2
The leftmost 9 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
onboardingRequest
This field indicates that the connection is being established for UE onboarding in the selected onboarding SNPN, see TS 23.501 [32].
registeredAMF
This field is used to transfer the GUAMI of the AMF where the UE is registered, as provided by upper layers, see TS 23.003 [21].
selectedPLMN-Identity
Index of the PLMN or SNPN selected by the UE from the plmn-IdentityInfoList or npn-IdentityInfoList fields included in SIB1.
ul-RRC-Segmentation
This field indicates the UE supports uplink RRC segmentationof UECapabilityInformation.

–RRCSetupRequest
The RRCSetupRequest message is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-START RRCSetupRequest ::= SEQUENCE { rrcSetupRequest RRCSetupRequest-IEs } RRCSetupRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
ue-IdentityUE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
InitialUE-Identity,
establishmentCauseProvides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
EstablishmentCause, spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1)) } InitialUE-Identity ::= CHOICE {
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
BIT STRING (SIZE (39)),
randomValueInteger value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.
BIT STRING (SIZE (39)) } EstablishmentCause ::= ENUMERATED { emergency, highPriorityAccess, mt-Access, mo-Signalling, mo-Data, mo-VoiceCall, mo-VideoCall, mo-SMS, mps-PriorityAccess, mcs-PriorityAccess, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} -- TAG-RRCSETUPREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSetupRequest-IEs field descriptions
establishmentCause
Provides the establishment cause for the RRCSetupRequest in accordance with the information received from upper layers. gNB is not expected to reject an RRCSetupRequest due to unknown cause value being used by the UE.
ue-Identity
UE identity included to facilitate contention resolution by lower layers.
InitialUE-Identity field descriptions
ng-5G-S-TMSI-Part1
The rightmost 39 bits of 5G-S-TMSI.
randomValue
Integer value in the range 0 to 239 – 1.

–RRCSystemInfoRequest
The RRCSystemInfoRequest message is used to request SI message(s) required by the UE as specified in clause 5.2.2.3.3 and 5.2.2.3.3a.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-START RRCSystemInfoRequest ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { rrcSystemInfoRequest RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture-r16 CHOICE { rrcPosSystemInfoRequest-r16 RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } } RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
requested-SI-ListContains a list of requested SI messageswhich are configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo and schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 (if present) in SIB1. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is not present: -According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is present: -The UE generates a list of concatenated SI messages by appending the SI messages containing type1 SIB configured by schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 to the SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo. -According to the order of entry in the list of concatenated SI messages, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)), --32bits spare BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) } RRC-PosSystemInfoRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
requestedPosSI-ListContains a list of requested SI messages which are configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo and schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 (if present) in SIB1. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is not present: -According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is present: -The UE creates a list of concatenated SI messages by appending the SI messages containing type2 SIB configured by schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 to the SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo. -According to the order of entry in the list of concatenated SI messages, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxSI-Message)), --32bits spare BIT STRING (SIZE (11)) } -- TAG-RRCSYSTEMINFOREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
RRCSystemInfoRequest-IEs field descriptions
requested-SI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messageswhich are configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo and schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 (if present) in SIB1. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is not present: -According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is present: -The UE generates a list of concatenated SI messages by appending the SI messages containing type1 SIB configured by schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 to the SI messages configured by schedulingInfoList in si-SchedulingInfo. -According to the order of entry in the list of concatenated SI messages, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.
requestedPosSI-List
Contains a list of requested SI messages which are configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo and schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 (if present) in SIB1. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is not present: -According to the order of entry in the list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo in SIB1, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is present: -The UE creates a list of concatenated SI messages by appending the SI messages containing type2 SIB configured by schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 to the SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo. -According to the order of entry in the list of concatenated SI messages, first bit corresponds to first/leftmost listed SI message, second bit corresponds to second listed SI message, and so on.

–SCGFailureInformation
The SCGFailureInformation message is used to provide information regarding NR SCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-START SCGFailureInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { scgFailureInformation SCGFailureInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SCGFailureInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportSCG FailureReportSCG OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL } SCGFailureInformation-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportSCG ::= SEQUENCE { failureType ENUMERATED { t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, synchReconfigFailureSCG, scg-ReconfigFailure, srb3-IntegrityFailure, other-r16, spare1},
measResultFreqListThe field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
MeasResultFreqList OPTIONAL,
measResultSCG-FailureThe field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure) OPTIONAL, ..., [[ locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, failureType-v1610 ENUMERATED {scg-lbtFailure-r16, beamFailureRecoveryFailure-r16, t312-Expiry-r16, bh-RLF-r16, beamFailure-r17, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL ]], [[
previousPSCellId-r17This field indicates the physical cell id and carrier frequency of the cell that is the source PSCell of the last PSCell change.
SEQUENCE { physCellId-r17 PhysCellId, carrierFreq-r17 ARFCN-ValueNR } OPTIONAL,
failedPSCellId-r17This field indicates the physical cell id and carrier frequency of the cell in which SCG failure is detected or the target PSCell of the failed PSCell change or failed PSCell addition.
SEQUENCE { physCellId-r17 PhysCellId, carrierFreq-r17 ARFCN-ValueNR } OPTIONAL,
timeSCGFailure-r17This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last execution of RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync for the SCG until the SCG failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL, perRAInfoList-r17 PerRAInfoList-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SCGFailureInformation field descriptions
measResultFreqList
The field contains available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-Failure
The field contains the MeasResultSCG-Failure IE which includes available results of measurements on NR frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the NR SCG RRCReconfiguration message.
previousPSCellId
This field indicates the physical cell id and carrier frequency of the cell that is the source PSCell of the last PSCell change.
failedPSCellId
This field indicates the physical cell id and carrier frequency of the cell in which SCG failure is detected or the target PSCell of the failed PSCell change or failed PSCell addition.
timeSCGFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last execution of RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync for the SCG until the SCG failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.

–SCGFailureInformationEUTRA
The SCGFailureInformationEUTRA message is used to provide information regarding E-UTRA SCG failures detected by the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-START SCGFailureInformationEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { scgFailureInformationEUTRA SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { failureReportSCG-EUTRA FailureReportSCG-EUTRA OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs OPTIONAL } SCGFailureInformationEUTRA-v1590-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } FailureReportSCG-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { failureType ENUMERATED { t313-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, measResultFreqListMRDC MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC OPTIONAL, measResultSCG-FailureMRDC OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } MeasResultFreqListFailMRDC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA -- TAG-SCGFAILUREINFORMATIONEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SecurityModeCommand
The SecurityModeCommand message is used to command the activation of AS security.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-START SecurityModeCommand ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeCommand SecurityModeCommand-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeCommand-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { securityConfigSMC SecurityConfigSMC, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } SecurityConfigSMC ::= SEQUENCE { securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig, ... } -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMMAND-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SCGFailureInformationEUTRA field descriptions
measResultFreqListMRDC
The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by measConfig.
measResultSCG-FailureMRDC
Includes the E-UTRA MeasResultSCG-FailureMRDC IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10]. The field contains available results of measurements on E-UTRA frequencies the UE is configured to measure by the E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration message.

–SecurityModeComplete
The SecurityModeComplete message is used to confirm the successful completion of a security mode command.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-START SecurityModeComplete ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeComplete SecurityModeComplete-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SECURITYMODECOMPLETE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SecurityModeFailure
The SecurityModeFailure message is used to indicate an unsuccessful completion of a security mode command.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-START SecurityModeFailure ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { securityModeFailure SecurityModeFailure-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SecurityModeFailure-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SECURITYMODEFAILURE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB1
SIB1 contains information relevant when evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell and defines the scheduling of other system information. It also contains radio resource configuration information that is common for all UEs and barring information applied to the unified access control.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB1-START SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE {
cellSelectionInfoParameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
SEQUENCE {
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
Q-RxLevMin,
q-RxLevMinOffsetParameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S
q-QualMinOffsetParameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Standalone cellAccessRelatedInfo CellAccessRelatedInfo, connEstFailureControl ConnEstFailureControl OPTIONAL, -- Need R si-SchedulingInfo SI-SchedulingInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need R
servingCellConfigCommonConfiguration of the serving cell.
ServingCellConfigCommonSIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ims-EmergencySupportIndicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eCallOverIMS-SupportIndicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ue-TimersAndConstantsTimer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
UE-TimersAndConstants OPTIONAL, -- Need R uac-BarringInfo SEQUENCE {
uac-BarringForCommonCommon access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs/SNPNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN/SNPN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
UAC-BarringPerCatList OPTIONAL, -- Need S uac-BarringPerPLMN-List UAC-BarringPerPLMN-List OPTIONAL, -- Need S uac-BarringInfoSetList UAC-BarringInfoSetList,
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfoInformation used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs and SNPNs in plmn-IdentityInfoListand npn-IdentityInfoList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
CHOICE { plmnCommon UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo, individualPLMNList SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo } OPTIONAL -- Need S } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
useFullResumeIDIndicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
idleModeMeasurementsNR-r16This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R posSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1630-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1630-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { uac-BarringInfo-v1630 SEQUENCE {
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN/SNPN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxPLMN)) OF UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
hsdn-Cell-r17This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R uac-BarringInfo-v1700 SEQUENCE { uac-BarringInfoSetList-v1700 UAC-BarringInfoSetList-v1700 } OPTIONAL, -- Cond MINT sdt-ConfigCommon-r17 SDT-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R redCap-ConfigCommon-r17 RedCap-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
featurePriorities-r17Indicates priorities for features, such as RedCap, Slicing, SDT and MSG3-Repetitions for Coverage Enhancements. These priorities are used to determine which FeatureCombinationPreambles the UE shall use when a feature maps to more than one FeatureCombinationPreambles, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. A lower value means a higher priority. The network does not signal the same priority for more than one feature. The network signals a priority for all feature that map to at least one FeatureCombinationPreambles.
SEQUENCE { redCapPriority-r17 FeaturePriority-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R slicingPriority-r17 FeaturePriority-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R msg3-Repetitions-Priority-r17 FeaturePriority-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sdt-Priority-r17 FeaturePriority-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 SI-SchedulingInfo-v1700 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
hyperSFN-r17Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of hyper SFN should not result in system information change notifications.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eDRX-AllowedIdle-r17The presence of this field indicates that extended DRX for CN paging is allowed in the cell for UEs in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. The UE shall stop using extended DRX for CN paging in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE if eDRX-AllowedIdle is not present.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eDRX-AllowedInactive-r17The presence of this field indicates that extended DRX for RAN paging is allowed in the cell for UEs in RRC_INACTIVE. The UE shall stop using extended DRX for RAN paging in RRC_INACTIVE if eDRX-AllowedInactive is not present.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond EDRX-RC
intraFreqReselectionRedCap-r17Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells for RedCap UEs when this cell is barred, or treated as barred by the RedCap UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. If not present, a RedCap UE treats the cell as barred, i.e.,the UE considers that the cell does not support RedCap.
ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
cellBarredNTN-r17Value barred means that the cell is barred for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. Value notBarred means that the cell is allowed for connectivity to NTN. If not present, the UE considers the cell is not allowed for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is only applicable to NTN-capable UEs.
ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred} OPTIONAL, -- Need S nonCriticalExtension SIB1-v1740-IEs OPTIONAL } SIB1-v1740-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { si-SchedulingInfo-v1740 SI-SchedulingInfo-v1740 OPTIONAL, -- Need R nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c} UAC-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, notConfigured} SDT-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sdt-RSRP-Threshold-r17RSRP threshold used to determine whether SDT procedure can be initiated, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sdt-LogicalChannelSR-DelayTimer-r17The value of logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer applied during SDT for logical channels configured with SDT, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. If this field is not configured, then logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not applied for SDT logical channels.
ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sdt-DataVolumeThreshold-r17Data volume threshold used to determine whether SDT can be initiated, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value byte32 corresponds to 32 bytes, value byte100 corresponds to 100 bytes, and so on.
ENUMERATED {byte32, byte100, byte200, byte400, byte600, byte800, byte1000, byte2000, byte4000, byte8000, byte9000, byte10000, byte12000, byte24000, byte48000, byte96000},
t319a-r17Initial value of the timer T319a used for detection of SDT failure. Value ms100 corresponds to 100 milliseconds, value ms200 corresponds to 200 milliseconds and so on.
ENUMERATED { ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms2000, ms3000, ms4000, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } RedCap-ConfigCommonSIB-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { halfDuplexRedCapAllowed-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellBarredRedCap-r17 SEQUENCE {
cellBarredRedCap1Rx-r17Value barred means that the cell is barred for a RedCap UE with 1 Rx branch, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by non-RedCap UEs.
ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
cellBarredRedCap2Rx-r17Value barred means that the cell is barred for a RedCap UE with 2 Rx branches, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by non-RedCap UEs.
ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred} } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } FeaturePriority-r17 ::= INTEGER (0..7) -- TAG-SIB1-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB1 field descriptions
cellBarredNTN
Value barred means that the cell is barred for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. Value notBarred means that the cell is allowed for connectivity to NTN. If not present, the UE considers the cell is not allowed for connectivity to NTN, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is only applicable to NTN-capable UEs.
cellBarredRedCap1Rx
Value barred means that the cell is barred for a RedCap UE with 1 Rx branch, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by non-RedCap UEs.
cellBarredRedCap2Rx
Value barred means that the cell is barred for a RedCap UE with 2 Rx branches, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. This field is ignored by non-RedCap UEs.
cellSelectionInfo
Parameters for cell selection related to the serving cell.
eCallOverIMS-Support
Indicates whether the cell supports eCall over IMS services as defined in TS 23.501 [32]. If absent, eCall over IMS is not supported by the network in the cell.
eDRX-AllowedIdle
The presence of this field indicates that extended DRX for CN paging is allowed in the cell for UEs in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE. The UE shall stop using extended DRX for CN paging in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE if eDRX-AllowedIdle is not present.
eDRX-AllowedInactive
The presence of this field indicates that extended DRX for RAN paging is allowed in the cell for UEs in RRC_INACTIVE. The UE shall stop using extended DRX for RAN paging in RRC_INACTIVE if eDRX-AllowedInactive is not present.
featurePriorities
Indicates priorities for features, such as RedCap, Slicing, SDT and MSG3-Repetitions for Coverage Enhancements. These priorities are used to determine which FeatureCombinationPreambles the UE shall use when a feature maps to more than one FeatureCombinationPreambles, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. A lower value means a higher priority. The network does not signal the same priority for more than one feature. The network signals a priority for all feature that map to at least one FeatureCombinationPreambles.
halfDuplexRedCap-Allowed
The presence of this field indicates that the cell supports half-duplex FDD RedCap UEs.
hsdn-Cell
This field indicates this is a HSDN cell as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
hyperSFN
Indicates hyper SFN which increments by one when the SFN wraps around. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of hyper SFN should not result in system information change notifications.
idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for EUTRA idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform EUTRA idle/inactive measurements.
idleModeMeasurementsNR
This field indicates that a UE that is configured for NR idle/inactive measurements shall perform the measurements while camping in this cell and report availability of these measurements when establishing or resuming a connection in this cell. If absent, a UE is not required to perform NR idle/inactive measurements.
ims-EmergencySupport
Indicates whether the cell supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the network in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
intraFreqReselectionRedCap
Controls cell selection/reselection to intra-frequency cells for RedCap UEs when this cell is barred, or treated as barred by the RedCap UE, as specified in TS 38.304 [20]. If not present, a RedCap UE treats the cell as barred, i.e.,the UE considers that the cell does not support RedCap.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffset
Parameter "Qqualminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffset = field value [dB]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qqualminoffset.Affects the minimum required quality level in the cell.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
q-RxLevMinOffset
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffset" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffset = field value * 2 [dB]. If absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for Qrxlevminoffset. Affects the minimum required Rx level in the cell.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for serving cell.
sdt-RSRP-Threshold
RSRP threshold used to determine whether SDT procedure can be initiated, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
sdt-DataVolumeThreshold
Data volume threshold used to determine whether SDT can be initiated, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value byte32 corresponds to 32 bytes, value byte100 corresponds to 100 bytes, and so on.
sdt-LogicalChannelSR-DelayTimer
The value of logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer applied during SDT for logical channels configured with SDT, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on. If this field is not configured, then logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer is not applied for SDT logical channels.
servingCellConfigCommon
Configuration of the serving cell.
t319a
Initial value of the timer T319a used for detection of SDT failure. Value ms100 corresponds to 100 milliseconds, value ms200 corresponds to 200 milliseconds and so on.
uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. If plmnCommon is chosen,the UAC-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo is applicable to all the PLMNs and SNPNs in plmn-IdentityInfoListand npn-IdentityInfoList.If individualPLMNList is chosen, the 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.If uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo-r16 is present, the UE shall ignore the uac-AccessCategory1-SelectionAssistanceInfo.
uac-AC1-SelectAssistInfo
Information used to determine whether Access Category 1 applies to the UE, as defined in TS 22.261 [25]. The 1st entry in the list corresponds to the first network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand npn-IdentityInfoList, the 2nd entry in the list corresponds to the second network within all of the PLMNsand SNPNs across the plmn-IdentityListand the npn-IdentityInfoListand so on.Value notConfigured indicates that Access Category1 isnot configured for the corresponding PLMN/SNPN.
uac-BarringForCommon
Common access control parameters for each access category. Common values are used for all PLMNs/SNPNs, unless overwritten by the PLMN/SNPN specific configuration provided in uac-BarringPerPLMN-List. The parameters are specified by providing an index to the set of configurations (uac-BarringInfoSetList). UE behaviour upon absence of this field is specified in clause 5.3.14.2.
ue-TimersAndConstants
Timer and constant values to be used by the UE. The cell operating as PCell always provides this field.
useFullResumeID
Indicates which resume identifier and Resume request message should be used. UE uses fullI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest1 if the field is present, or shortI-RNTI and RRCResumeRequest if the field is absent.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
EDRX-RC
The field is optionally present, Need R, in a cell that enables eDRX-AllowedIdle, otherwise it is absent.
MINT
The field is optionally present, Need R, in a cell that provides a configuration for disaster roaming, otherwise it is absent, Need R.
Standalone
The field is mandatory present in a cell that supports standalone operation, otherwise it is absent.

–SidelinkUEInformationNR
The SidelinkUEinformationNR message is used for the indication of NR sidelink UE information to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-START SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { sidelinkUEInformationNR-r16 SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } SidelinkUEInformationNR-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RxInterestedFreqList-r16Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list.
SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TxResourceReqList-r16List of parameters to request the transmission resources for NR sidelink communication for the associated destination. If sl-TxResourceReqList-v1700 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in sl-TxResourceReqList-r16.
SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 OPTIONAL, sl-FailureList-r16 SL-FailureList-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SidelinkUEInformationNR-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } SidelinkUEInformationNR-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { sl-TxResourceReqList-v1700 SL-TxResourceReqList-v1700 OPTIONAL, sl-RxDRX-ReportList-v1700 SL-RxDRX-ReportList-v1700 OPTIONAL,
sl-RxInterestedGC-BC-DestList-r17Indicates the reported QoS profile and associated destination for which UE is interested in reception to the network for NR sidelink groupcast and broadcast communication, or for NR sidelink discoveryor ProSe Direct Link Establishment Request as described in TS 24.554 [72], or for Direct Link Establishment Request (TS 24.587 [57]).
SL-RxInterestedGC-BC-DestList-r17 OPTIONAL, sl-RxInterestedFreqListDisc-r17 SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, sl-TxResourceReqListDisc-r17 SL-TxResourceReqListDisc-r17 OPTIONAL, sl-TxResourceReqListCommRelay-r17 SL-TxResourceReqListCommRelay-r17 OPTIONAL,
ue-Type-r17Indicates the UE is acting as U2N Relay UE or U2N Remote UE.
ENUMERATED {relayUE, remoteUE} OPTIONAL,
sl-SourceIdentityRemoteUE-r17This field is used to indicate the Source Layer-2 ID to be used to establish PC5 link with the target L2 U2N Relay UE for path switch.
SL-SourceIdentity-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } SL-InterestedFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) SL-TxResourceReqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReq-r16 SL-TxResourceReq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16,
sl-CastType-r16Indicates the cast type for the corresponding destination for which to request the resource.
ENUMERATED {broadcast, groupcast, unicast, spare1}, sl-RLC-ModeIndicationList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TypeTxSyncList-r16A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier frequency included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-TypeTxSync-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TxInterestedFreqList-r16Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink-r16Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL } SL-TxResourceReqList-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReq-v1700 SL-RxDRX-ReportList-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-RxDRX-Report-v1700 SL-TxResourceReq-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DRX-InfoFromRxList-r17Indicates list of the sidelink DRX configurations as assistance information received from the peer UE for NR sidelink unicast communication.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-RxInfoSet-r17)) OF SL-DRX-ConfigUC-SemiStatic-r17 OPTIONAL,
sl-DRX-Indication-r17Indicates the sidelink DRX is applied (value on) or not applied (value off) for the associated destination. This field is only valid for NR sidelink groupcast communication.
ENUMERATED {on, off} OPTIONAL, ... } SL-RxDRX-Report-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DRX-ConfigFromTx-r17Indicates the sidelink DRX configuration received from the peer UE for NR sidelink unicast communication.
SL-DRX-ConfigUC-SemiStatic-r17, ...} SL-RxInterestedGC-BC-DestList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-RxInterestedGC-BC-Dest-r17 SL-RxInterestedGC-BC-Dest-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RxInterestedQoS-InfoList-r17Indicates the QoS profile for which UE reports its interested service to which SL DRX is applied to the network, for NR sidelink groupcast or broadcast reception.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16,
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16 } SL-TxResourceReqListDisc-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReqDisc-r17 SL-TxResourceReqDisc-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentityDisc-r17This field is used to indicate the destination L2 ID for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned for relay discovery and non-relay discovery.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16,
sl-SourceIdentityRelayUE-r17This field is used to indicate the source L2 ID of relay-related discovery transmission by L2 U2N Relay UE.
SL-SourceIdentity-r17 OPTIONAL,
sl-CastTypeDisc-r17Indicates the cast type for the NR sidelink discovery messages. Only value broadcast can be set in this release.
ENUMERATED {broadcast, groupcast, unicast, spare1},
sl-TxInterestedFreqListDisc-r17Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink discovery. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16, sl-TypeTxSyncListDisc-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-TypeTxSync-r16, sl-DiscoveryType-r17 ENUMERATED {relay, non-Relay}, ... } SL-TxResourceReqListCommRelay-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-TxResourceReqCommRelayInfo-r17 SL-TxResourceReqCommRelayInfo-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-RelayDRXConfig-r17This field is used to indicate the applied sidelink DRX configuration for the relay related communication.
SL-TxResourceReq-v1700 OPTIONAL, sl-TxResourceReqCommRelay-r17 SL-TxResourceReqCommRelay-r17 } SL-TxResourceReqCommRelay-r17 ::= CHOICE { sl-TxResourceReqL2U2N-Relay-r17 SL-TxResourceReqL2U2N-Relay-r17, sl-TxResourceReqL3U2N-Relay-r17 SL-TxResourceReq-r16 } SL-TxResourceReqL2U2N-Relay-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentityL2U2N-r17This field is used to indicate the destination L2 ID for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned for the established PC5 link for relay by L2 U2N Relay UE, or L3 U2N Relay UE.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-TxInterestedFreqListL2U2N-r17Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication for established PC5 link for relay. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16, sl-TypeTxSyncListL2U2N-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-TypeTxSync-r16,
sl-LocalID-Request-r17This field is used to request local UE ID for the corresponding destination by the L2 U2N Relay UE.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
sl-PagingIdentityRemoteUE-r17This field is used to indicate the paging UE ID(s) for the corresponding destination(s) by the L2 U2N Relay UE.
SL-PagingIdentityRemoteUE-r17 OPTIONAL,
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink-r17Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } SL-TxInterestedFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF INTEGER (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16) SL-QoS-Info-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16, sl-QoS-Profile-r16 SL-QoS-Profile-r16 OPTIONAL } SL-RLC-ModeIndication-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-Mode-r16 CHOICE { sl-AM-Mode-r16 NULL, sl-UM-Mode-r16 NULL },
sl-QoS-InfoList-r16Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-QFIsPerDest-r16)) OF SL-QoS-Info-r16 } SL-FailureList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSL-Dest-r16)) OF SL-Failure-r16 SL-Failure-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-DestinationIdentity-r16Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
SL-DestinationIdentity-r16,
sl-Failure-r16Indicates the sidelink cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf),sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) and the rejection of sidelink DRX configuration (value drxReject-v1710) for the associated destination for unicast.
ENUMERATED {rlf,configFailure, drxReject-v1710, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } -- TAG-SIDELINKUEINFORMATIONNR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SidelinkUEinformationNR field descriptions
sl-RxDRX-ReportList
Indicates the accepted DRX configuration that is received from the peer UE and reported to the network for NR sidelink unicast communication.
sl-RxInterestedFreqList
Indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to receive NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list.
sl-RxInterestedGC-BC-DestList
Indicates the reported QoS profile and associated destination for which UE is interested in reception to the network for NR sidelink groupcast and broadcast communication, or for NR sidelink discoveryor ProSe Direct Link Establishment Request as described in TS 24.554 [72], or for Direct Link Establishment Request (TS 24.587 [57]).
sl-SourceIdentityRemoteUE
This field is used to indicate the Source Layer-2 ID to be used to establish PC5 link with the target L2 U2N Relay UE for path switch.
sl-TxResourceReq
Parameters to request the transmission resources for NR sidelink communication to the network in the Sidelink UE Information report.
sl-TxResourceReqList
List of parameters to request the transmission resources for NR sidelink communication for the associated destination. If sl-TxResourceReqList-v1700 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in sl-TxResourceReqList-r16.
ue-Type
Indicates the UE is acting as U2N Relay UE or U2N Remote UE.
SL-TxResourceReq field descriptions
sl-CapabilityInformationSidelink
Includes the UECapabilityInformationSidelink message (which can be also included in ueCapabilityInformationSidelink-r16 in UECapabilityEnquirySidelink from peer UE) received from the peer UE.
sl-CastType
Indicates the cast type for the corresponding destination for which to request the resource.
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned.
sl-DRX-Indication
Indicates the sidelink DRX is applied (value on) or not applied (value off) for the associated destination. This field is only valid for NR sidelink groupcast communication.
sl-DRX-InfoFromRxList
Indicates list of the sidelink DRX configurations as assistance information received from the peer UE for NR sidelink unicast communication.
sl-QoS-InfoList
Includes the QoS profile of the sidelink QoS flow as specified in TS 23.287 [55].
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-RLC-ModeIndication
This field indicates the RLC mode and optionally the related QoS profiles for the sidelink radio bearer, which has not been configured by the network and is initiated by another UE in unicast. The RLC mode for one sidelink radio bearer is aligned between UE and NW by the sl-QoS-FlowIdentity.
sl-TxInterestedFreqList
Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
sl-TypeTxSyncList
A list of synchronization reference used by the UE. The UE shall include the same number of entries, listed in the same order, as in sl-TxInterestedFreqList, i.e. one for each carrier frequency included in sl-TxInterestedFreqList.
SL-Failure field descriptions
sl-DestinationIdentity
Indicates the destination for which the SL failure is reporting for unicast.
sl-Failure
Indicates the sidelink cause for the sidelink RLF (value rlf),sidelink AS configuration failure (value configFailure) and the rejection of sidelink DRX configuration (value drxReject-v1710) for the associated destination for unicast.
SL-RxDRX-Report field descriptions
sl-DRX-ConfigFromTx
Indicates the sidelink DRX configuration received from the peer UE for NR sidelink unicast communication.
SL-RxInterestedGC-BC-Destfield descriptions
sl-RxInterestedQoS-InfoList
Indicates the QoS profile for which UE reports its interested service to which SL DRX is applied to the network, for NR sidelink groupcast or broadcast reception.
SL-TxResourceReqDisc field descriptions
sl-CastTypeDisc
Indicates the cast type for the NR sidelink discovery messages. Only value broadcast can be set in this release.
sl-DestinationIdentityDisc
This field is used to indicate the destination L2 ID for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned for relay discovery and non-relay discovery.
sl-SourceIdentityRelayUE
This field is used to indicate the source L2 ID of relay-related discovery transmission by L2 U2N Relay UE.
sl-TxInterestedFreqListDisc
Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink discovery. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
SL-TxResourceReqCommRelayInfofield descriptions
sl-RelayDRXConfig
This field is used to indicate the applied sidelink DRX configuration for the relay related communication.
sl-DestinationIdentityL2U2N
This field is used to indicate the destination L2 ID for which the TX resource request and allocation from the network are concerned for the established PC5 link for relay by L2 U2N Relay UE, or L3 U2N Relay UE.
sl-LocalID-Request
This field is used to request local UE ID for the corresponding destination by the L2 U2N Relay UE.
sl-TxInterestedFreqListL2U2N
Each entry of this field indicates the index of frequency on which the UE is interested to transmit NR sidelink communication for established PC5 link for relay. The value 1 corresponds to the frequency of first entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12, the value 2 corresponds to the frequency of second entry in sl-FreqInfoList broadcast in SIB12 and so on. In this release, only value 1 can be included in the interested frequency list. In this release, only one entry can be included in the list.
sl-PagingIdentityRemoteUE
This field is used to indicate the paging UE ID(s) for the corresponding destination(s) by the L2 U2N Relay UE.

–SystemInformation
The SystemInformation message is used to convey one or more System Information Blocks or Positioning System Information Blocks. All the SIBs or posSIBs included are transmitted with the same periodicity.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-START SystemInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { systemInformation SystemInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture-r16 CHOICE { posSystemInformation-r16 PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } } SystemInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { sib-TypeAndInfo SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { sib2 SIB2, sib3 SIB3, sib4 SIB4, sib5 SIB5, sib6 SIB6, sib7 SIB7, sib8 SIB8, sib9 SIB9, ..., sib10-v1610 SIB10-r16, sib11-v1610 SIB11-r16, sib12-v1610 SIB12-r16, sib13-v1610 SIB13-r16, sib14-v1610 SIB14-r16, sib15-v1700 SIB15-r17, sib16-v1700 SIB16-r17, sib17-v1700 SIB17-r17, sib18-v1700 SIB18-r17, sib19-v1700 SIB19-r17, sib20-v1700 SIB20-r17, sib21-v1700 SIB21-r17 }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-SYSTEMINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UEAssistanceInformation
The UEAssistanceInformation message is used for the indication of UE assistance information to the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-START UEAssistanceInformation ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueAssistanceInformation UEAssistanceInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEAssistanceInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
delayBudgetReportIndicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
DelayBudgetReport OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs OPTIONAL } DelayBudgetReport::= CHOICE {
type1Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
ENUMERATED { msMinus1280, msMinus640, msMinus320, msMinus160,msMinus80, msMinus60, msMinus40, msMinus20, ms0, ms20,ms40, ms60, ms80, ms160, ms320, ms640, ms1280}, ... } UEAssistanceInformation-v1540-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { overheatingAssistance OverheatingAssistance OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } OverheatingAssistance ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxCCs ReducedMaxCCs-r16 OPTIONAL,
reducedMaxBW-FR1Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL,
reducedMaxBW-FR2Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-1.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-1 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersDL,
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersUL } OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersDL,
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersUL } OPTIONAL } OverheatingAssistance-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
reducedMaxBW-FR2-2-r17Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-PreferenceFR2-2 IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-2. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
SEQUENCE { reducedBW-FR2-2-DL-r17 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth-r17, reducedBW-FR2-2-UL-r17 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth-r17 } OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2-2 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-DLIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersDL,
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-ULIndicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
MIMO-LayersUL } OPTIONAL } ReducedAggregatedBandwidth ::= ENUMERATED {mhz0, mhz10, mhz20, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100, mhz200, mhz300, mhz400} ReducedAggregatedBandwidth-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {mhz0, mhz100, mhz200, mhz400, mhz800, mhz1200, mhz1600, mhz2000} UEAssistanceInformation-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { idc-Assistance-r16 IDC-Assistance-r16 OPTIONAL, drx-Preference-r16 DRX-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxBW-Preference-r16 MaxBW-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxCC-Preference-r16 MaxCC-Preference-r16 OPTIONAL, maxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 OPTIONAL,
minSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16 OPTIONAL, releasePreference-r16 ReleasePreference-r16 OPTIONAL,
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16 OPTIONAL,
referenceTimeInfoPreference-r16Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEAssistanceInformation-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } UEAssistanceInformation-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ul-GapFR2-Preference-r17 UL-GapFR2-Preference-r17 OPTIONAL, musim-Assistance-r17 MUSIM-Assistance-r17 OPTIONAL, overheatingAssistance-r17 OverheatingAssistance-r17 OPTIONAL, maxBW-PreferenceFR2-2-r17 MaxBW-PreferenceFR2-2-r17 OPTIONAL, maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceFR2-2-r17 MaxMIMO-LayerPreferenceFR2-2-r17 OPTIONAL,
minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceExt-r17Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving for SCS 480 kHz and/or 960 kHz.
MinSchedulingOffsetPreferenceExt-r17 OPTIONAL,
rlm-MeasRelaxationState-r17Indicates the relaxation state of RLM measurements. Value true indicates that the UE is performing relaxation of RLM measurements, and value false indicates that the UE isnot performing relaxation of RLM measurements.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
bfd-MeasRelaxationState-r17Indicates the relaxation state of BFD measurements. Each bit corresponds to a serving cell of the cell group. A serving cell is mapped to the (servCellIndex+1)-th bit, starting from MSB. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that the UE is performing BFD measurements relaxation on the serving cell mapped on the bit. A bit that is set to 0 indicates that the UE isnot performing BFD measurements relaxation on the serving cell mapped on the bit.If a serving cell is not configured to the UE, the corresponding bit is set to 0.
BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OPTIONAL,
nonSDT-DataIndication-r17Informs the network about the arrival of data and/or signaling mapped to radio bearers not configured for SDT while SDT procedure is ongoing.
SEQUENCE {
resumeCause-r17Provides the resume cause based on the information received from the upper layers.
ResumeCause OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, scg-DeactivationPreference-r17 ENUMERATED { scgDeactivationPreferred, noPreference } OPTIONAL, uplinkData-r17 ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL,
rrm-MeasRelaxationFulfilment-r17Indicates whether the UE fulfils the relaxed measurement criterion for stationary UE in 5.7.4.4. Value true indicates that the UE fulfils the criterion, and value false indicates that the UE does not fulfil the criterion.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
propagationDelayDifference-r17Indicates the one-way service link propagation delay difference between serving cell and each neighbour cell included in neighCellInfoList, defined as neighbour cell's service link propagation delay minus serving cell's service link propagation delay, in number of ms. First entry in propagationDelayDifference corresponds to first entry in neighCellInfoList, second entry in propagationDelayDifference corresponds to second entry in neighCellInfoList, and so on.
PropagationDelayDifference-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } IDC-Assistance-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
affectedCarrierFreqList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL,
affectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16 OPTIONAL, ... } AffectedCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxFreqIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 AffectedCarrierFreq-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR,
interferenceDirection-r16Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
ENUMERATED {nr, other, both, spare} } AffectedCarrierFreqCombList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCombIDC-r16)) OF AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 AffectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { affectedCarrierFreqComb-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2..maxNrofServingCells)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
victimSystemType-r16Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
VictimSystemType-r16 } VictimSystemType-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { gps-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, glonass-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, bds-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, galileo-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, navIC-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, wlan-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, bluetooth-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } DRX-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
ENUMERATED { ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-LongCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
ENUMERATED { ms10, ms20, ms32, ms40, ms60, ms64, ms70, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2048, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-ShortCycle-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
ENUMERATED { ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32, ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL,
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer-r16Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
INTEGER (1..16) OPTIONAL } MaxBW-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
reducedMaxBW-FR1-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL,
reducedMaxBW-FR2-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-1.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-1 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 OPTIONAL } MaxBW-PreferenceFR2-2-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
reducedMaxBW-FR2-2-r17Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-PreferenceFR2-2 IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-2. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
SEQUENCE { reducedBW-FR2-2-DL-r17 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth-r17 OPTIONAL, reducedBW-FR2-2-UL-r17 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth-r17 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } MaxCC-Preference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxCCs-r16 ReducedMaxCCs-r16 OPTIONAL } MaxMIMO-LayerPreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR1-r16 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..8),
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..4) } OPTIONAL, reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2-r16 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..8),
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..4) } OPTIONAL } MaxMIMO-LayerPreferenceFR2-2-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedMaxMIMO-LayersFR2-2-r17 SEQUENCE {
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-DL-r17Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..8),
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-UL-r17Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (1..4) } OPTIONAL } MinSchedulingOffsetPreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredK0-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK0-SCS-15kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-30kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-60kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-120kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL,
preferredK2-r16Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK2-SCS-15kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-30kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-60kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-120kHz-r16 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl12} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } MinSchedulingOffsetPreferenceExt-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredK0-r17Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK0-SCS-480kHz-r17 ENUMERATED {sl8, sl16, sl32, sl48} OPTIONAL, preferredK0-SCS-960kHz-r17 ENUMERATED {sl8, sl16, sl32, sl48} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL,
preferredK2-r17Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
SEQUENCE { preferredK2-SCS-480kHz-r17 ENUMERATED {sl8, sl16, sl32, sl48} OPTIONAL, preferredK2-SCS-960kHz-r17 ENUMERATED {sl8, sl16, sl32, sl48} OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } MUSIM-Assistance-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
musim-PreferredRRC-State-r17Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state when leaving RRC_CONNECTED.
ENUMERATED {idle, inactive, outOfConnected} OPTIONAL,
musim-GapPreferenceList-r17Indicates the UE's MUSIM gap preference and related MUSIM gap configuration, as defined in TS 38.133 [14] clause 9.1.10.
MUSIM-GapPreferenceList-r17 OPTIONAL } MUSIM-GapPreferenceList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF MUSIM-GapInfo-r17 ReleasePreference-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
preferredRRC-State-r16Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
ENUMERATED {idle, inactive, connected, outOfConnected} } ReducedMaxBW-FRx-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { reducedBW-DL-r16 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth, reducedBW-UL-r16 ReducedAggregatedBandwidth } ReducedMaxCCs-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
reducedCCsDL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (0..31),
reducedCCsUL-r16Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
INTEGER (0..31) } SL-UE-AssistanceInformationNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTrafficPattern-r16)) OF SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16 SL-TrafficPatternInfo-r16::= SEQUENCE {
trafficPeriodicity-r16This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.
ENUMERATED {ms20, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms700, ms800, ms900, ms1000},
timingOffset-r16This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
INTEGER (0..10239),
messageSize-r16Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
SL-QoS-FlowIdentity-r16 } UL-GapFR2-Preference-r17::= SEQUENCE {
ul-GapFR2-PatternPreference-r17Indicates the UE's preference on FR2 UL gap patternas defined in TS 38.133 [14].
INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL } PropagationDelayDifference-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (-270..270) -- TAG-UEASSISTANCEINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEAssistanceInformation field descriptions
affectedCarrierFreqList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencies that are affected by IDC problem.
affectedCarrierFreqCombList
Indicates a list of NR carrier frequencie combinations that are affected by IDC problems due to Inter-Modulation Distortion and harmonics from NR when configured with UL CA.
bfd-MeasRelaxationState
Indicates the relaxation state of BFD measurements. Each bit corresponds to a serving cell of the cell group. A serving cell is mapped to the (servCellIndex+1)-th bit, starting from MSB. A bit that is set to 1 indicates that the UE is performing BFD measurements relaxation on the serving cell mapped on the bit. A bit that is set to 0 indicates that the UE isnot performing BFD measurements relaxation on the serving cell mapped on the bit.If a serving cell is not configured to the UE, the corresponding bit is set to 0.
delayBudgetReport
Indicates the UE-preferred adjustment to connected mode DRX.
interferenceDirection
Indicates the direction of IDC interference. Value nr indicates that only NR is victim of IDC interference, value other indicates that only another radio is victim of IDC interference and value both indicates that both NR and another radio are victims of IDC interference. The other radio refers to either the ISM radio or GNSS (see TR 36.816 [44]).
minSchedulingOffsetPreference
Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving.
minSchedulingOffsetPreferenceExt
Indicates the UE's preferences on minimumSchedulingOffset of cross-slot scheduling for power saving for SCS 480 kHz and/or 960 kHz.
musim-GapPreferenceList
Indicates the UE's MUSIM gap preference and related MUSIM gap configuration, as defined in TS 38.133 [14] clause 9.1.10.
musim-PreferredRRC-State
Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state when leaving RRC_CONNECTED.
nonSDT-DataIndication
Informs the network about the arrival of data and/or signaling mapped to radio bearers not configured for SDT while SDT procedure is ongoing.
preferredDRX-InactivityTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred DRX inactivity timer length for power saving. Value in ms (milliSecond). ms0 corresponds to 0, ms1 corresponds to 1 ms, ms2 corresponds to 2 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the DRX inactivity timer. If secondary DRX group is configured, the preferredDRX-InactivityTimer only applies to the default DRX group.
preferredDRX-LongCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred long DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms10 corresponds to 10ms, ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms32 corresponds to 32 ms, and so on. If preferredDRX-ShortCycleis provided, the value of preferredDRX-LongCycleshall be a multiple of the preferredDRX-ShortCyclevalue. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the long DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycle
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle length for power saving. Value in ms. ms2 corresponds to 2ms, ms3 corresponds to 3 ms, ms4 corresponds to 4 ms, and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle.
preferredDRX-ShortCycleTimer
Indicates the UE's preferred short DRX cycle timer for power saving. Value in multiples of preferredDRX-ShortCycle. A value of 1 corresponds to preferredDRX-ShortCycle, a value of 2 corresponds to 2 * preferredDRX-ShortCycle and so on. If the field is absent from the DRX-Preference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference for the short DRX cycle timer. A preference for the short DRX cycle is indicated when a preference for the short DRX cycle timer is indicated.
preferredK0
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k0 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PDSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k0 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredK2
Indicates the UE's preferred value of k2 (slot offset between DCI and its scheduled PUSCH - see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1) for cross-slot scheduling for power saving. Value is defined for each subcarrier spacing (numerology) in units of slots. sl1 corresponds to 1 slot, sl2 corresponds to 2 slots, sl4 corresponds to 4 slots, and so on. If a value for a subcarrier spacing is absent, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling for that subcarrier spacing. If the field is absent from the MinSchedulingOffsetPreference IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on k2 for cross-slot scheduling.
preferredRRC-State
Indicates the UE's preferred RRC state. The value idle is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_IDLE. The value inactive is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and transition to RRC_INACTIVE. The value connected is indicated if the UE prefers to revert an earlier indication to leave RRC_CONNECTED state. The value outOfConnected is indicated if the UE prefers to be released from RRC_CONNECTED and has no preferred RRC state to transition to.The value connected can only be indicated if the UE is configured with connectedReporting.
propagationDelayDifference
Indicates the one-way service link propagation delay difference between serving cell and each neighbour cell included in neighCellInfoList, defined as neighbour cell's service link propagation delay minus serving cell's service link propagation delay, in number of ms. First entry in propagationDelayDifference corresponds to first entry in neighCellInfoList, second entry in propagationDelayDifference corresponds to second entry in neighCellInfoList, and so on.
reducedMaxBW-FR1
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of both the NR MCG and the SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. Value mhz0 is not used when indicated to address overheating. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMaxBW-FR2
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-1.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-Preference IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-1. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-1 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-1 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-1 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMaxBW-FR2-2
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) and across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cell(s) operating on FR2-2.The aggregated bandwidth across all downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active downlink BWP(s) across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2. The aggregated bandwidth across all uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 is the sum of bandwidth of active uplink BWP(s) across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2. If the field is absent from the MaxBW-PreferenceFR2-2 IE or the OverheatingAssistance IE, it is interpreted as the UE having no preference on the maximum aggregated bandwidth of FR2-2. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s)of FR2-2 of both the NR MCG and the NR SCG. This maximum aggregated bandwidth only includes carriers of FR2-2 of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum aggregated bandwidth includes carrier(s) of FR2-2 of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The aggregated bandwidth can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsDL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of downlink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedCCsUL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink SCells indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. When indicated to address overheating, this maximum number includes both SCells of the NR MCG and PSCell/SCells of the SCG. This maximum number only includes PSCell/SCells of the SCG in (NG)EN-DC. When indicated to address power saving, this maximum number includes PSCell/SCells of the cell group that this UE assistance information is associated with. The maximum number of uplink SCells can only range up to the current active configuration when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR1-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layerscan only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-1 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-1. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-1 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-DL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of downlink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving. This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of downlink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated downlink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
reducedMIMO-LayersFR2-2-UL
Indicates the UE's preference on reduced configuration corresponding to the maximum number of uplink MIMO layers of each serving cell operating on FR2-2 indicated by the field, to address overheating or power saving (see NOTE 1). This field is allowed to be reported only when UE is configured with serving cells operating on FR2-2. The maximum number of uplink MIMO layers can only range up to the maximum number of MIMO layers configured across all activated uplink carrier(s) of FR2-2 in the cell group when indicated to address power savings.
referenceTimeInfoPreference
Indicates whether the UE prefers being provisioned with the timing information specified in the IE ReferenceTimeInfo.
resumeCause
Provides the resume cause based on the information received from the upper layers.
rlm-MeasRelaxationState
Indicates the relaxation state of RLM measurements. Value true indicates that the UE is performing relaxation of RLM measurements, and value false indicates that the UE isnot performing relaxation of RLM measurements.
rrm-MeasRelaxationFulfilment
Indicates whether the UE fulfils the relaxed measurement criterion for stationary UE in 5.7.4.4. Value true indicates that the UE fulfils the criterion, and value false indicates that the UE does not fulfil the criterion.
sl-QoS-FlowIdentity
This identity uniquely identifies one sidelink QoS flow between the UE and the network in the scope of UE, which is unique for different destination and cast type.
sl-UE-AssistanceInformationNR
Indicates the traffic characteristic of sidelink logical channel(s), specified in the IE SL-TrafficPatternInfo, that are setup for NR sidelink communication.
type1
Indicates the preferred amount of increment/decrement to the long DRX cycle length with respect to the current configuration. Value in number of milliseconds. Value ms40 corresponds to 40 milliseconds, msMinus40 corresponds to -40 milliseconds and so on.
ul-GapFR2-PatternPreference
Indicates the UE's preference on FR2 UL gap patternas defined in TS 38.133 [14].
victimSystemType
Indicate the list of victim system types to which IDC interference is caused from NR when configured with UL CA. Value gps, glonass, bds, galileo and navIC indicates the type of GNSS. Value wlan indicates WLAN and value bluetooth indicates Bluetooth.
SL-TrafficPatternInfo field descriptions
messageSize
Indicates the maximum TB size based on the observed traffic pattern. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-2.
timingOffset
This field indicates the estimated timing for a packet arrival in a sidelink logical channel. Specifically, the value indicates the timing offset with respect to subframe#0 of SFN#0 in milliseconds.
trafficPeriodicity
This field indicates the estimated data arrival periodicity in a sidelink logical channel. Value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, ms50 corresponds to 50 ms and so on.

–UECapabilityEnquiry
The UECapabilityEnquiry message is used to request UE radio access capabilities for NR as well as for other RATs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-START UECapabilityEnquiry ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueCapabilityEnquiry UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UECapabilityEnquiry-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-CapabilityRAT-RequestList UE-CapabilityRAT-RequestList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ue-CapabilityEnquiryExt OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs) OPTIONAL -- Need N } UECapabilityEnquiry-v1560-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { capabilityRequestFilterCommon UE-CapabilityRequestFilterCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs OPTIONAL } UECapabilityEnquiry-v1610-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-SegAllowed-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UECAPABILITYENQUIRY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UECapabilityInformation
The IE UECapabilityInformation message is used to transfer UE radio access capabilities requested by the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-START UECapabilityInformation ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueCapabilityInformation UECapabilityInformation-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UECapabilityInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UECAPABILITYINFORMATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–UEInformationRequest
The UEInformationRequest message is used by the network to retrieve information from the UE.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-START UEInformationRequest-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueInformationRequest-r16 UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEInformationRequest-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
idleModeMeasurementReq-r16This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
logMeasReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
connEstFailReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
ra-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
rlf-ReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mobilityHistoryReportReq-r16This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEInformationRequest-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } UEInformationRequest-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
successHO-ReportReq-r17This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the successful handover report.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
coarseLocationRequest-r17This field is used to request UE to report coarse location information.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONREQUEST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEInformationRequest-IEs field descriptions
coarseLocationRequest
This field is used to request UE to report coarse location information.
connEstFailReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the connection failure.
idleModeMeasurementReq
This field indicates that the UE shall report the idle/inactive measurement information, if available, to the network in the UEInformationResponse message.
logMeasReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about logged measurements.
mobilityHistoryReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about mobility history information.
ra-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the random access procedure.
rlf-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the radio link failure.
successHO-ReportReq
This field is used to indicate whether the UE shall report information about the successful handover report.

–UEInformationResponse
The UEInformationResponse message is used by the UE to transfer information requested by the network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-START UEInformationResponse-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier, criticalExtensions CHOICE { ueInformationResponse-r16 UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEInformationResponse-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultIdleEUTRA-r16EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
MeasResultIdleEUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultIdleNR-r16NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
MeasResultIdleNR-r16 OPTIONAL,
logMeasReport-r16This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT.
LogMeasReport-r16 OPTIONAL,
connEstFailReport-r16This field is used to provide connection establishment failure or connection resume failure information.
ConnEstFailReport-r16 OPTIONAL,
ra-ReportList-r16This field is used to provide the list of RA reports that is stored by the UE for the past upto maxRAReport-r16 number of successful random access procedures, or failed or successful completion of on-demand system information request procedure.
RA-ReportList-r16 OPTIONAL,
rlf-Report-r16This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.
RLF-Report-r16 OPTIONAL, mobilityHistoryReport-r16 MobilityHistoryReport-r16 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEInformationResponse-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } UEInformationResponse-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
successHO-Report-r17This field is used to provide the successful handover report if triggered based on the successful handover configuration.
SuccessHO-Report-r17 OPTIONAL,
connEstFailReportList-r17This field is used to provide the list of connEstFailReport that are stored by the UE for the past up to maxCEFReport-r17.
ConnEstFailReportList-r17 OPTIONAL,
coarseLocationInfo-r17Parameter type Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit. The least significant bits of degreesLatitude and degreesLongitude are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement corresponds to a granularity of approximately 2 km. It is up to UE implementation how many LSBs are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } LogMeasReport-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
absoluteTimeStamp-r16Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
AbsoluteTimeInfo-r16, traceReference-r16 TraceReference-r16,
traceRecordingSessionRef-r16Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)),
tce-Id-r16Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)), logMeasInfoList-r16 LogMeasInfoList-r16, logMeasAvailable-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, logMeasAvailableBT-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, logMeasAvailableWLAN-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } LogMeasInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxLogMeasReport-r16)) OF LogMeasInfo-r16 LogMeasInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
relativeTimeStamp-r16Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
INTEGER (0..7200), servCellIdentity-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultServingCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
MeasResultServingCell-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE { measResultNeighCellListNR MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16 OPTIONAL, measResultNeighCellListEUTRA MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL },
anyCellSelectionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ..., [[
inDeviceCoexDetected-r17Indicates that measurement logging is suspended due to IDC problem detection.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL ]] } ConnEstFailReport-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measResultFailedCell-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
MeasResultFailedCell-r16, locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE { measResultNeighCellListNR MeasResultList2NR-r16 OPTIONAL, measResultNeighCellListEUTRA MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL },
numberOfConnFail-r16This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
INTEGER (1..8), perRAInfoList-r16 PerRAInfoList-r16,
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer. In the case of failure(s) (either at source or at target or at both) associated to DAPS handover, this field indicates the time elapsed since the latest connection (radio link or handover) failure.
TimeSinceFailure-r16, ... } ConnEstFailReportList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCEFReport-r17)) OF ConnEstFailReport-r16 MeasResultServingCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { resultsSSB-Cell MeasQuantityResults, resultsSSB SEQUENCE{ best-ssb-Index SSB-Index, best-ssb-Results MeasQuantityResults,
numberOfGoodSSBIndicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) } OPTIONAL } MeasResultFailedCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { cgi-Info CGI-Info-Logging-r16, measResult-r16 SEQUENCE { cellResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults }, rsIndexResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerSSB-IndexList } } } RA-ReportList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxRAReport-r16)) OF RA-Report-r16 RA-Report-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { cellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r16 PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 },
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL,
raPurpose-r16This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, RRC re-establishment procedure, transition from RRC-INACTIVE. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request. The indicator msg3RequestForOtherSI is used in case of MSG3 based SI request. The field can also be used for the SCG-related RA-Report when the raPurpose is set to beamFailureRecovery, reconfigurationWithSync, ulUnSynchronized, schedulingRequestFailure and noPUCCHResourceAvailable.
ENUMERATED {accessRelated, beamFailureRecovery, reconfigurationWithSync, ulUnSynchronized, schedulingRequestFailure, noPUCCHResourceAvailable, requestForOtherSI, msg3RequestForOtherSI-r17, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}, ..., [[
spCellID-r17This field is used to indicate the CGI of the SpCell of the cell group associated to the SCell in which the associated random access procedure was performed. If the UE performs RA procedure on a SCell associated to the MCG, then this field is set to the CGI of the PCell and if the UE performs RA procedure on a SCell associated to the SCG, then this field is set to the CGI of the PSCell. If the CGI of the PSCell is not available at the UE for the RA procedure performed on a SCell associated to the SCG or for the RA procedure on the PSCell, this field is set to the CGI of the PCell. Otherwise, the field is absent.
CGI-Info-Logging-r16 OPTIONAL ]] } RA-InformationCommon-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
absoluteFrequencyPointA-r16This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
ARFCN-ValueNR,
locationAndBandwidth-r16Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
INTEGER (0..37949),
subcarrierSpacing-r16Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
SubcarrierSpacing, msg1-FrequencyStart-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, msg1-FrequencyStartCFRA-r16 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, msg1-SubcarrierSpacing-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, msg1-SubcarrierSpacingCFRA-r16 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, msg1-FDM-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL, msg1-FDMCFRA-r16 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL, perRAInfoList-r16 PerRAInfoList-r16, ..., [[ perRAInfoList-v1660 PerRAInfoList-v1660 OPTIONAL ]], [[
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex-r16This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CBRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
ENUMERATED {kHz1dot25, kHz5, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL ]], [[
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndexCFRA-r16This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CFRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGeneric when the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
ENUMERATED {kHz1dot25, kHz5, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL ]], [[
msgA-RO-FrequencyStart-r17This field indicates the lowest resource block of the contention based random-access resources for 2-step CBRA in the random-access procedure. The indication has the form of the offset of the lowest PRACH transmissions occasion with respect to PRB 0 in the frequency domain.
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL,
msgA-RO-FrequencyStartCFRA-r17This field indicates the lowest resource block of the contention free random-access resources for the 2-step CFRA in the random-access procedure. The indication has the form of the offset of the lowest PRACH transmissions occasion with respect to PRB 0 in the frequency domain.
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, msgA-SubcarrierSpacing-r17 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL,
msgA-RO-FDM-r17This field indicates the number of msgA PRACH transmission occasions Frequency-Division Multiplexed in one time instance for the PRACH resources configured for 2-step CBRA..
ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
msgA-RO-FDMCFRA-r17This field indicates the number of msgA PRACH transmission occasions Frequency-Division Multiplexed in one time instance for the PRACH resources configured for 2-step CFRA.
ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
msgA-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex-r17This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS as derived from the msgA-PRACH-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericTwoStepRA(see tables Table 6.3.3.1-1, Table 6.3.3.1-2, Table 6.3.3.2-2 and Table 6.3.3.2-3, TS 38.211 [16]) when the msgA-SubcarrierSpacing is absent and when only 2-step random-access resources are available in the UL BWP used in the random-access procedure; otherwise, this field is absent.
ENUMERATED {kHz1dot25, kHz5, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, msgA-TransMax-r17 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20, n50, n100, n200} OPTIONAL, msgA-MCS-r17 INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, nrofPRBs-PerMsgA-PO-r17 INTEGER (1..32) OPTIONAL, msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainAllocation-r17 INTEGER (1..maxNrofUL-Allocations) OPTIONAL, frequencyStartMsgA-PUSCH-r17 INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, nrofMsgA-PO-FDM-r17 ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight} OPTIONAL,
dlPathlossRSRP-r17Measeured RSRP of the DL pathloss reference obtained at the time of RA_Type selection stage of the RA procedure as captured in TS 38.321 [3].
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
intendedSIBs-r17This field indicates the SIB(s) the UE wanted to receive as a result of the on demand SI request (when the RA procedure is a used as a SI request) initiated by the UE. That is, it indicates the one(s) of the SIB(s) in the SI message(s) requested to be broadcast that the UE was interested in.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF SIB-Type-r17 OPTIONAL,
ssbsForSI-Acquisition-r17This field indicates the SSB(s) (in the form of SSB index(es)) that the UE used to receive the requested SI message(s). The field is present if the purpose of the random access procedure was to request on-demand SI (i.e. if the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI or msg3RequestForOtherSI). Otherwise, the field is absent.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16)) OF SSB-Index OPTIONAL,
msgA-PUSCH-PayloadSize-r17This field indicates the size of the overall payload available in the UE buffer at the time of initiating the 2 step RA procedure. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-1, corresponding to the UE buffer size.
BIT STRING (SIZE (5)) OPTIONAL,
onDemandSISuccess-r17This field is set to true when the RA report entry is included because of either msg1 based on demand SI request or msg3 based on demand SI request and if the on-demand SI request is successful. Otherwise, the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL ]] } PerRAInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAInfo-r16 PerRAInfoList-v1660 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRACSI-RSInfo-v1660 PerRAInfo-r16 ::= CHOICE {
perRASSBInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
PerRASSBInfo-r16,
perRACSI-RSInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 } PerRASSBInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-Index-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.
SSB-Index,
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
INTEGER (1..200),
perRAAttemptInfoList-r16This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 } PerRACSI-RSInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { csi-RS-Index-r16 CSI-RS-Index,
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS-r16This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
INTEGER (1..200) } PerRACSI-RSInfo-v1660 ::= SEQUENCE { csi-RS-Index-v1660 INTEGER (1..96) OPTIONAL } PerRAAttemptInfoList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..200)) OF PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 PerRAAttemptInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
contentionDetected-r16This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI or when the RA attempt is a 2-step RA attempt and fallback to 4-step RA did not occur (i.e. fallbackToFourStepRA is not included).
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL,
dlRSRPAboveThreshold-r16In 4 step random access procedure,this field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure. In 2 step random access procedure, this field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommonTwoStepRA in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, ..., [[
fallbackToFourStepRA-r17This field indicates if a fallback indication in MsgB is received (according to TS 38.321 [3]) for the 2-step random access attempt.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL ]] } SIB-Type-r17 ::= ENUMERATED {sibType2, sibType3, sibType4, sibType5, sibType9, sibType10-v1610, sibType11-v1610, sibType12-v1610, sibType13-v1610, sibType14-v1610, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} RLF-Report-r16 ::= CHOICE { nr-RLF-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
measResultLastServCell-r16This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
MeasResultRLFNR-r16,
measResultNeighCells-r16This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE {
measResultListNR-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells when a successful handover is executed.
MeasResultList2NR-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultListEUTRA-r16This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL,
c-RNTI-r16This field indicates the C-RNTI assigned by the target PCell of the handover for which the successful HO report was generated.
RNTI-Value,
previousPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last executed RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
CHOICE { nrPreviousCell-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, eutraPreviousCell-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging } OPTIONAL,
failedPCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
CHOICE { nrFailedPCellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r16 PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 }, eutraFailedPCellId-r16 CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging, pci-arfcn-r16 PCI-ARFCN-EUTRA-r16 } },
reconnectCellId-r16This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
CHOICE { nrReconnectCellId-r16 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, eutraReconnectCellId-r16 CGI-InfoEUTRALogging } OPTIONAL,
timeUntilReconnection-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell, after failing to perform reestablishment.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
TimeUntilReconnection-r16 OPTIONAL,
reestablishmentCellId-r16If the UE was not configured with conditionalReconfiguration at the time of re-establishment attempt, or if the cell selected for the re-establishment attempt is not a candidate target cell for conditional reconfiguration, this field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
CGI-Info-Logging-r16 OPTIONAL,
timeConnFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO executionuntil connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
INTEGER (0..1023) OPTIONAL,
timeSinceFailure-r16This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer. In the case of failure(s) (either at source or at target or at both) associated to DAPS handover, this field indicates the time elapsed since the latest connection (radio link or handover) failure.
TimeSinceFailure-r16,
connectionFailureType-r16This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
ENUMERATED {rlf, hof},
rlf-Cause-r16This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value, except for the case in which a radio link failure was detected in the source PCell while performing a DAPS handover..
ENUMERATED {t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem, rlc-MaxNumRetx, beamFailureRecoveryFailure, lbtFailure-r16, bh-rlfRecoveryFailure, t312-expiry-r17, spare1}, locationInfo-r16 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
noSuitableCellFound-r16This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
ra-InformationCommon-r16This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, ..., [[ csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)) OPTIONAL ]], [[
lastHO-Type-r17This field is used to indicate the type of the last executed handover before the last detected connection failure. The field is set to cho if the last executed handover was initiated by a conditional reconfiguration execution. The field is set to daps if the last executed handover was a DAPS handover.
ENUMERATED {cho, daps, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
timeConnSourceDAPS-Failure-r17This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the last DAPS handover execution and the radio link failure detected in the source cell while T304 is running. Value in milliseconds. The maximum value 1023 means 1023ms or longer.
TimeConnSourceDAPS-Failure-r17 OPTIONAL,
timeSinceCHO-Reconfig-r17This field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the initiation of the last conditional reconfiguration execution towards the target cell and the reception of the latest conditional reconfiguration for this target cell.Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
TimeSinceCHO-Reconfig-r17 OPTIONAL,
choCellId-r17This field is used to indicate the candidate target cell for conditional handover included in condRRCReconfig that the UE selected for CHO based recovery while T311 is running.
CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r17 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r17 PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 } OPTIONAL,
choCandidateCellList-r17This field is used to indicate the list of candidate target cells for conditional handover included in condRRCReconfig at the time of connection failure. The field does not include the candidate target cells included in measResultNeighCells.
ChoCandidateCellList-r17 OPTIONAL ]] }, eutra-RLF-Report-r16 SEQUENCE {
failedPCellId-EUTRAThis field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
CGI-InfoEUTRALogging,
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-r16Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING, ..., [[
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-v1690Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-v9e0 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL ]] } } SuccessHO-Report-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { sourceCellInfo-r17 SEQUENCE {
sourcePCellId-r17This field is used to indicate the source PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
CGI-Info-Logging-r16,
sourceCellMeas-r17This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the source PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
MeasResultSuccessHONR-r17 OPTIONAL,
rlf-InSourceDAPS-r17This field indicates whether a radio link failure occurred at the source cell while T304 was running.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL }, targetCellInfo-r17 SEQUENCE {
targetPCellId-r17This field is used to indicate the target PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
CGI-Info-Logging-r16,
targetCellMeas-r17This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the target PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
MeasResultSuccessHONR-r17 OPTIONAL },
measResultNeighCells-r17This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
SEQUENCE {
measResultListNR-r17This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells when a successful handover is executed.
MeasResultList2NR-r16 OPTIONAL,
measResultListEUTRA-r17This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, locationInfo-r17 LocationInfo-r16 OPTIONAL,
timeSinceCHO-Reconfig-r17This field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the initiation of the last conditional reconfiguration execution towards the target cell and the reception of the latest conditional reconfiguration for this target cell.Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
TimeSinceCHO-Reconfig-r17 OPTIONAL,
shr-Cause-r17This field is used to indicate the cause of the successful HO report.
SHR-Cause-r17 OPTIONAL,
ra-InformationCommon-r17This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
RA-InformationCommon-r16 OPTIONAL,
upInterruptionTimeAtHO-r17This field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the time of arrival of the last PDCP PDU received from the source cell for any data radio bearer and the time of arrival of the first non-duplicate PDCP PDU received from the target cell for any data radio bearer, and it is measured at the time of arrival of the first non-duplicate PDCP PDU received from the target cell for any data radio bearer. The field is set only in case of DAPS handover.Value in milliseconds. The maximum value 1023 means 1023ms or longer.
UPInterruptionTimeAtHO-r17 OPTIONAL,
c-RNTI-r17This field indicates the C-RNTI assigned by the target PCell of the handover for which the successful HO report was generated.
RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, ... } MeasResultList2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR-r16 MeasResultList2EUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 MeasResult2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { ssbFrequency-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, refFreqCSI-RS-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, measResultList-r16 MeasResultListNR } MeasResultListLogging2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 MeasResultLogging2NR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueNR, measResultListLoggingNR-r16 MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 } MeasResultListLoggingNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 MeasResultLoggingNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId-r16 PhysCellId, resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults,
numberOfGoodSSB-r16Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
INTEGER (1..maxNrofSSBs-r16) OPTIONAL } MeasResult2EUTRA-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq-r16 ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, measResultList-r16 MeasResultListEUTRA } MeasResultRLFNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { measResult-r16 SEQUENCE { cellResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Cell-r16 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL }, rsIndexResults-r16 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL,
ssbRLMConfigBitmap-r16This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF.The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit corresponds to SSB index 1. This field is included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Indexes-r16 ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL, csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)) OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL } } MeasResultSuccessHONR-r17::= SEQUENCE { measResult-r17 SEQUENCE { cellResults-r17 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Cell-r17 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Cell-r17 MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL }, rsIndexResults-r17 SEQUENCE{ resultsSSB-Indexes-r17 ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL, resultsCSI-RS-Indexes-r17 ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL } } } ChoCandidateCellList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF ChoCandidateCell-r17 ChoCandidateCell-r17 ::= CHOICE { cellGlobalId-r17 CGI-Info-Logging-r16, pci-arfcn-r17 PCI-ARFCN-NR-r16 } SHR-Cause-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { t304-cause-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, t310-cause-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, t312-cause-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, sourceDAPS-Failure-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, ... } TimeSinceFailure-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) MobilityHistoryReport-r16 ::= VisitedCellInfoList-r16 TimeUntilReconnection-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..172800) TimeSinceCHO-Reconfig-r17 ::= INTEGER (0..1023) TimeConnSourceDAPS-Failure-r17 ::= INTEGER (0..1023) UPInterruptionTimeAtHO-r17 ::= INTEGER (0..1023) -- TAG-UEINFORMATIONRESPONSE-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEInformationResponse-IEs field descriptions
coarseLocationInfo
Parameter type Ellipsoid-Point defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit. The least significant bits of degreesLatitude and degreesLongitude are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement corresponds to a granularity of approximately 2 km. It is up to UE implementation how many LSBs are set to 0 to meet the accuracy requirement.
connEstFailReport
This field is used to provide connection establishment failure or connection resume failure information.
connEstFailReportList
This field is used to provide the list of connEstFailReport that are stored by the UE for the past up to maxCEFReport-r17.
logMeasReport
This field is used to provide the measurement results stored by the UE associated to logged MDT.
measResultIdleEUTRA
EUTRA measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
measResultIdleNR
NR measurement results performed during RRC_INACTIVE or RRC_IDLE.
ra-ReportList
This field is used to provide the list of RA reports that is stored by the UE for the past upto maxRAReport-r16 number of successful random access procedures, or failed or successful completion of on-demand system information request procedure.
rlf-Report
This field is used to indicate the RLF report related contents.
successHO-Report
This field is used to provide the successful handover report if triggered based on the successful handover configuration.
LogMeasReport field descriptions
absoluteTimeStamp
Indicates the absolute time when the logged measurement configuration logging is provided, as indicated by NR within absoluteTimeInfo.
anyCellSelectionDetected
This field is used to indicate the detection of any cell selection state, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. The UE sets this field when performing the logging of measurement results in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE and there is no suitable cell or no acceptable cell.
inDeviceCoexDetected
Indicates that measurement logging is suspended due to IDC problem detection.
measResultServingCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the Serving cell.
numberOfGoodSSB
Indicates the number of good beams (beams that are above absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, if configured by the network) associated to the cells within the R value range (which is configured by network for cell reselection) of the highest ranked cell as part of the beam level measurements. If the UE has no SSB of a neighbour cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE does not include numberOfGoodSSB for the corresponding neighbour cell. If the UE has no SSB of the serving cell whose measurement quantity is above the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation or if the network has not configured the absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation, then the UE shall set the numberOfGoodSSB for the serving cell to one.
relativeTimeStamp
Indicates the time of logging measurement results, measured relative to the absoluteTimeStamp. Value in seconds.
tce-Id
Parameter Trace Collection Entity Id: See TS 32.422 [52].
traceRecordingSessionRef
Parameter Trace Recording Session Reference: See TS 32.422 [52].
ConnEstFailReport field descriptions
measResultFailedCell
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the cell, where connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
measResultNeighCells
This field refers to the neighbour cell measurements when connection establishment failure or connection resume failure happened.
numberOfConnFail
This field is used to indicate the latest number of consecutive failed RRCSetup or RRCResume procedures in the same cell independent of RRC state transition.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (establishment or resume) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
RA-InformationCommon field descriptions
absoluteFrequencyPointA
This field indicates the absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0).
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of the bandwidth part associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
perRAInfoList, perRAInfoList-v1660
This field provides detailed information about each of the random access attempts in the chronological order of the random access attempts. IfperRAInfoList-v1660 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in perRAInfoList-r16.
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing used in the BWP associated to the random-access resources used by the UE.
RA-Report field descriptions
cellID
This field indicates the CGI of the cell in which the associated random access procedure was performed.
contentionDetected
This field is used to indicate that contention was detected for the transmitted preamble in the given random access attempt or not. This field is not included when the UE performs random access attempt is using contention free random-access resources or when the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI or when the RA attempt is a 2-step RA attempt and fallback to 4-step RA did not occur (i.e. fallbackToFourStepRA is not included).
csi-RS-Index, csi-RS-Index-v1660
This field is used to indicate the CSI-RS index corresponding to the random access attempt. If the random access procedure is for beam failure recovery, the field indicates the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId. For CSI-RS index larger than maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1, the index value is the sum of csi-RS-Index (without suffix) and csi-RS-Index-v1660.
dlPathlossRSRP
Measeured RSRP of the DL pathloss reference obtained at the time of RA_Type selection stage of the RA procedure as captured in TS 38.321 [3].
dlRSRPAboveThreshold
In 4 step random access procedure,this field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold rsrp-ThresholdSSBin beamFailureRecoveryConfig in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure initiated for beam failure recovery; Otherwise, rsrp-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommon in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure. In 2 step random access procedure, this field is used to indicate whether the DL beam (SSB) quality associated to the random access attempt was above or below the threshold msgA-RSRP-ThresholdSSB in rach-ConfigCommonTwoStepRA in UL BWP configuration of UL BWP selected for random access procedure.
fallbackToFourStepRA
This field indicates if a fallback indication in MsgB is received (according to TS 38.321 [3]) for the 2-step random access attempt.
intendedSIBs
This field indicates the SIB(s) the UE wanted to receive as a result of the on demand SI request (when the RA procedure is a used as a SI request) initiated by the UE. That is, it indicates the one(s) of the SIB(s) in the SI message(s) requested to be broadcast that the UE was interested in.
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex
This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CBRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericwhen the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
msg1-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndexCFRA
This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS for CFRA as derived from the prach-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGeneric when the msg1-SubcarrierSpacing is absent; otherwise, this field is absent.
msgA-PUSCH-PayloadSize
This field indicates the size of the overall payload available in the UE buffer at the time of initiating the 2 step RA procedure. The value refers to the index of TS 38.321 [3], table 6.1.3.1-1, corresponding to the UE buffer size.
msgA-RO-FDM
This field indicates the number of msgA PRACH transmission occasions Frequency-Division Multiplexed in one time instance for the PRACH resources configured for 2-step CBRA..
msgA-RO-FDMCFRA
This field indicates the number of msgA PRACH transmission occasions Frequency-Division Multiplexed in one time instance for the PRACH resources configured for 2-step CFRA.
msgA-RO-FrequencyStart
This field indicates the lowest resource block of the contention based random-access resources for 2-step CBRA in the random-access procedure. The indication has the form of the offset of the lowest PRACH transmissions occasion with respect to PRB 0 in the frequency domain.
msgA-RO-FrequencyStartCFRA
This field indicates the lowest resource block of the contention free random-access resources for the 2-step CFRA in the random-access procedure. The indication has the form of the offset of the lowest PRACH transmissions occasion with respect to PRB 0 in the frequency domain.
msgA-SCS-From-prach-ConfigurationIndex
This field is set by the UE with the corresponding SCS as derived from the msgA-PRACH-ConfigurationIndex in RACH-ConfigGenericTwoStepRA(see tables Table 6.3.3.1-1, Table 6.3.3.1-2, Table 6.3.3.2-2 and Table 6.3.3.2-3, TS 38.211 [16]) when the msgA-SubcarrierSpacing is absent and when only 2-step random-access resources are available in the UL BWP used in the random-access procedure; otherwise, this field is absent.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnCSI-RS
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding CSI-RS.
numberOfPreamblesSentOnSSB
This field is used to indicate the total number of successive RA preambles that were transmitted on the corresponding SS/PBCH block.
onDemandSISuccess
This field is set to true when the RA report entry is included because of either msg1 based on demand SI request or msg3 based on demand SI request and if the on-demand SI request is successful. Otherwise, the field is absent.
perRAAttemptInfoList
This field provides detailed information about a random access attempt.
perRACSI-RSInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same CSI-RS.
perRASSBInfoList
This field provides detailed information about the successive random access attempts associated to the same SS/PBCH block.
ra-InformationCommon
This field is used to provide information on random access attempts. This field is mandatory present.
raPurpose
This field is used to indicate the RA scenario for which the RA report entry is triggered. The RA accesses associated to Initial access from RRC_IDLE, RRC re-establishment procedure, transition from RRC-INACTIVE. The indicator beamFailureRecovery is used in case of successful beam failure recovery related RA procedure in the SpCell [3]. The indicator reconfigurationWithSync is used if the UE executes a reconfiguration with sync. The indicator ulUnSynchronized is used if the random access procedure is initiated in a SpCell by DL or UL data arrival during RRC_CONNECTED when the timeAlignmentTimer is not running in the PTAG or if the RA procedure is initiatedin a serving cell by a PDCCH order [3]. The indicator schedulingRequestFailure is used in case of SR failures [3]. The indicator noPUCCHResourceAvailable is used when the UE has no valid SR PUCCH resources configured [3]. The indicator requestForOtherSI is used for MSG1 based on demand SI request. The indicator msg3RequestForOtherSI is used in case of MSG3 based SI request. The field can also be used for the SCG-related RA-Report when the raPurpose is set to beamFailureRecovery, reconfigurationWithSync, ulUnSynchronized, schedulingRequestFailure and noPUCCHResourceAvailable.
spCellID
This field is used to indicate the CGI of the SpCell of the cell group associated to the SCell in which the associated random access procedure was performed. If the UE performs RA procedure on a SCell associated to the MCG, then this field is set to the CGI of the PCell and if the UE performs RA procedure on a SCell associated to the SCG, then this field is set to the CGI of the PSCell. If the CGI of the PSCell is not available at the UE for the RA procedure performed on a SCell associated to the SCG or for the RA procedure on the PSCell, this field is set to the CGI of the PCell. Otherwise, the field is absent.
ssb-Index
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH index of the SS/PBCH block corresponding to the random access attempt.
ssbsForSI-Acquisition
This field indicates the SSB(s) (in the form of SSB index(es)) that the UE used to receive the requested SI message(s). The field is present if the purpose of the random access procedure was to request on-demand SI (i.e. if the raPurpose is set to requestForOtherSI or msg3RequestForOtherSI). Otherwise, the field is absent.
RLF-Report field descriptions
choCandidateCellList
This field is used to indicate the list of candidate target cells for conditional handover included in condRRCReconfig at the time of connection failure. The field does not include the candidate target cells included in measResultNeighCells.
choCellId
This field is used to indicate the candidate target cell for conditional handover included in condRRCReconfig that the UE selected for CHO based recovery while T311 is running.
connectionFailureType
This field is used to indicate whether the connection failure is due to radio link failure or handover failure.
csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap,csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650
These fieldsare used to indicate the CSI-RS indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF. The UE first fills in the csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16 to indicate the first 96 CSI-RS indexes and then csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650 to indicate the latter 96 CSI-RS indexes. The first/leftmost bit in csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-r16 corresponds to CSI-RS index 0, the second bit corresponds to CSI-RS index 1. The first/leftmost bit in csi-rsRLMConfigBitmap-v1650corresponds to CSI-RS index 96, the second bit corresponds to CSI-RS index 97. These fields are included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI used in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the C-RNTI used in the source PCell upon handover failure.
failedPCellId
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the target PCell of the failed handover. For intra-NR handover nrFailedPCellId is included and for the handover from NR to EUTRA eutraFailedPCellId is included. The UE sets the ARFCN according to the frequency band used for transmission/ reception when the failure occurred.
failedPCellId-EUTRA
This field is used to indicate the PCell in which RLF is detected or the source PCell of the failed handover in an E-UTRA RLF report.
lastHO-Type
This field is used to indicate the type of the last executed handover before the last detected connection failure. The field is set to cho if the last executed handover was initiated by a conditional reconfiguration execution. The field is set to daps if the last executed handover was a DAPS handover.
measResultListEUTRA
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring EUTRA Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultListNR
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells, when the radio link failure or handover failure happened.
measResultLastServCell
This field refers to the log measurement results taken in the PCell upon detecting radio link failure or the source PCell upon handover failure.
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA
Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-r9 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
measResult-RLF-Report-EUTRA-v1690
Includes the E-UTRA RLF-Report-v9e0 IE as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
noSuitableCellFound
This field is set by the UE when the T311 expires.
previousPCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of the last handover (source PCell when the last executed RRCReconfiguration message including reconfigurationWithSync was received). For intra-NR handover nrPreviousCell is included and for the handover from EUTRA to NR eutraPreviousCell is included.
ra-InformationCommon
This field is optionally included when connectionFailureType is set to 'hof' or when connectionFailureType is set to 'rlf' and the rlf-Cause equals to 'randomAccessProblem' or 'beamRecoveryFailure'; otherwise this field is absent.
reconnectCellId
This field is used to indicate the cell in which the UE comes back to connected after connection failure and after failing to perform reestablishment. If the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an NR cell then nrReconnectCellID is included and if the UE comes back to RRC CONNECTED in an LTE cell then eutraReconnectCellID is included
reestablishmentCellId
If the UE was not configured with conditionalReconfiguration at the time of re-establishment attempt, or if the cell selected for the re-establishment attempt is not a candidate target cell for conditional reconfiguration, this field is used to indicate the cell in which the re-establishment attempt was made after connection failure.
rlf-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the last radio link failure that was detected. In case of handover failure information reporting (i.e., the connectionFailureType is set to 'hof'), the UE is allowed to set this field to any value, except for the case in which a radio link failure was detected in the source PCell while performing a DAPS handover..
ssbRLMConfigBitmap
This field is used to indicate the SS/PBCH block indexes configured in the RLM configurations for the active BWP when the UE declares RLF or HOF.The first/leftmost bit corresponds to SSB index 0, the second bit corresponds to SSB index 1. This field is included only if the RadioLinkMonitoringConfig for the respective BWP is configured.
timeConnFailure
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed since the last HO executionuntil connection failure. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeConnSourceDAPS-Failure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the last DAPS handover execution and the radio link failure detected in the source cell while T304 is running. Value in milliseconds. The maximum value 1023 means 1023ms or longer.
timeSinceFailure
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed since the connection (radio link or handover) failure.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer. In the case of failure(s) (either at source or at target or at both) associated to DAPS handover, this field indicates the time elapsed since the latest connection (radio link or handover) failure.
timeSinceCHO-Reconfig
In case of handover failure, this field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the initiation of the last handover execution towards the target cell and the reception of the latest conditional reconfiguration.In case of radio link failure, this field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the radio link failure and the reception of the latest conditional reconfiguration while connected to the source PCell. Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
timeUntilReconnection
This field is used to indicate the time that elapsed between the connection (radio link or handover) failure and the next time the UE comes to RRC CONNECTED in an NR or EUTRA cell, after failing to perform reestablishment.Value in seconds. The maximum value 172800 means 172800s or longer.
SuccessHO-Report field descriptions
c-RNTI
This field indicates the C-RNTI assigned by the target PCell of the handover for which the successful HO report was generated.
measResultListNR
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the neighboring NR Cells when a successful handover is executed.
rlf-InSourceDAPS
This field indicates whether a radio link failure occurred at the source cell while T304 was running.
shr-Cause
This field is used to indicate the cause of the successful HO report.
sourceCellMeas
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the source PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
sourcePCellId
This field is used to indicate the source PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
targetPCellId
This field is used to indicate the target PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
targetCellMeas
This field refers to the last measurement results taken in the target PCell of a handover in which the successful handover triggers the SuccessHO-Report.
timeSinceCHO-Reconfig
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the initiation of the last conditional reconfiguration execution towards the target cell and the reception of the latest conditional reconfiguration for this target cell.Actual value = field value * 100ms. The maximum value 1023 means 102.3s or longer.
upInterruptionTimeAtHO
This field is used to indicate the time elapsed between the time of arrival of the last PDCP PDU received from the source cell for any data radio bearer and the time of arrival of the first non-duplicate PDCP PDU received from the target cell for any data radio bearer, and it is measured at the time of arrival of the first non-duplicate PDCP PDU received from the target cell for any data radio bearer. The field is set only in case of DAPS handover.Value in milliseconds. The maximum value 1023 means 1023ms or longer.

–UEPositioningAssistanceInfo
The UEPositioningAssistanceInfo message is used to provide positioning assistance information as requested by the Network.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-UEPOSITIONINGASSISTANCEINFO-START UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { uePositioningAssistanceInfo-r17 UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-r17-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-r17-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ue-TxTEG-AssociationList-r17 UE-TxTEG-AssociationList-r17 OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-v1720-IEs OPTIONAL } UEPositioningAssistanceInfo-v1720-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
ue-TxTEG-TimingErrorMarginValue-r17This field specifies the UE Tx TEG timing error margin value of all the UE Tx TEGs within one UEPositioningAssistanceInfo. Value tc0 corresponds to 0 Tc, tc2 corresponds to 2 Tc and so on (see TS 37.355 [49]).
ENUMERATED {tc0, tc2, tc4, tc6, tc8, tc12, tc16, tc20, tc24, tc32, tc40, tc48, tc56, tc64, tc72, tc80} OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } UE-TxTEG-AssociationList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrOfTxTEGReport-r17)) OF UE-TxTEG-Association-r17 UE-TxTEG-Association-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
ue-TxTEG-ID-r17Identifies the ID of UE Tx TEG.
INTEGER (0..maxNrOfTxTEG-ID-1-r17),
nr-TimeStamp-r17This field specifies the latest time instance at which the association is valid prior to the reporting.
NR-TimeStamp-r17, associatedSRS-PosResourceIdList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-PosResources-r16)) OF SRS-PosResourceId-r16, servCellId-r17 ServCellIndex OPTIONAL } NR-TimeStamp-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { nr-SFN-r17 INTEGER (0..1023), nr-Slot-r17 CHOICE { scs15-r17 INTEGER (0..9), scs30-r17 INTEGER (0..19), scs60-r17 INTEGER (0..39), scs120-r17 INTEGER (0..79) }, ... } -- TAG-UEPOSITIONINGASSISTANCEINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
UEPositioningAssistanceInfo field descriptions
nr-TimeStamp
This field specifies the latest time instance at which the association is valid prior to the reporting.
servCellID
This field indicates the serving cell information of SRS for positioning resources associated to the UE Tx TEG report.
ue-TxTEG-ID
Identifies the ID of UE Tx TEG.
ue-TxTEG-TimingErrorMarginValue
This field specifies the UE Tx TEG timing error margin value of all the UE Tx TEGs within one UEPositioningAssistanceInfo. Value tc0 corresponds to 0 Tc, tc2 corresponds to 2 Tc and so on (see TS 37.355 [49]).

–ULDedicatedMessageSegment
The ULDedicatedMessageSegment message is used to transfer segments of the UECapabilityInformation or MeasurementReportAppLayer message. SRB1 is used at transfer of segments of UECapabilityInformation and SRB4 is used at transfer of segments of MeasurementReportAppLayer.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-START ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ulDedicatedMessageSegment-r16 ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULDedicatedMessageSegment-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
segmentNumber-r16Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message.
INTEGER (0..15),
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer-r16Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
OCTET STRING,
rrc-MessageSegmentType-r16Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULDEDICATEDMESSAGESEGMENT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ULDedicatedMessageSegment field descriptions
segmentNumber
Identifies the sequence number of a segment within the encoded UL DCCH message.
rrc-MessageSegmentContainer
Includes a segment of the encoded UL DCCH message. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the resulting encoded RRC message PDU is less than or equal to the PDCP SDU size limit.
rrc-MessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included UL DCCH message segment is the last segment or not.

–ULInformationTransfer
The ULInformationTransfer message is used for the uplink transfer of NAS or non-3GPP dedicated information, or IAB-DU specific F1-C related information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-START ULInformationTransfer ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { ulInformationTransfer ULInformationTransfer-IEs, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransfer-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedNAS-Message DedicatedNAS-Message OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension ULInformationTransfer-v1700-IEs OPTIONAL } ULInformationTransfer-v1700-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { dedicatedInfoF1c-r17 DedicatedInfoF1c-r17 OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFER-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ULInformationTransferIRAT
The ULInformationTransferIRAT message is used for the uplink transfer of information terminated at NR MCG but specified by another RAT. In this version of the specification, the message is used for V2X sidelink communication messages specified in TS 36.331 [10].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-START ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { ulInformationTransferIRAT-r16 ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransferIRAT-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERIRAT-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ULInformationTransferMRDC
The ULInformationTransferMRDC message is used for the uplink transfer of MR-DC dedicated information (e.g. for transferring the NR or E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message, the FailureInformation message, the UEAssistanceInformation message, the RRCReconfigurationComplete message, the IABOtherInformation message or the NR or E-UTRA RRC MCGFailureInformation message).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-START ULInformationTransferMRDC ::= SEQUENCE { criticalExtensions CHOICE { c1 CHOICE { ulInformationTransferMRDC ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs, spare3 NULL,spare2 NULL,spare1 NULL }, criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {} } } ULInformationTransferMRDC-IEs::= SEQUENCE {
ul-DCCH-MessageNRIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation,FailureInformation, and IABOtherInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRAIncludes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-ULINFORMATIONTRANSFERMRDC-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ULInformationTransferIRAT field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message as defined in TS 36.331 [10]. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport, E-UTRA RRC SidelinkUEInformation and the E-UTRA RRC UEAssistanceInformation messages.
ULInformationTransferMRDC field descriptions
ul-DCCH-MessageNR
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the NR RRC MeasurementReport, RRCReconfigurationComplete, UEAssistanceInformation,FailureInformation, and IABOtherInformation messages when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the NR MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.
ul-DCCH-MessageEUTRA
Includes the UL-DCCH-Message. In this version of the specification, the field is only used to transfer the E-UTRA RRC MeasurementReport message when sent via SRB1 and to transfer the E-UTRA MCGFailureInformation message when sent via SRB3.

6.3 RRC information elements
6.3.0 Parameterized types
–SetupRelease
SetupRelease allows the ElementTypeParam to be used as the referenced data type for the setup and release entries. See A.3.8 for guidelines.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-START SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE { release NULL, setup ElementTypeParam } -- TAG-SETUPRELEASE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

6.3.1 System information blocks
–SIB2
SIB2 contains cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/or inter-RAT cell re-selection (i.e. applicable for more than one type of cell re-selection but not necessarily all) as well as intra-frequency cell re-selection information other than neighbouring cell related.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB2-START SIB2 ::= SEQUENCE { cellReselectionInfoCommon SEQUENCE { nrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need S absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need S rangeToBestCell RangeToBestCell OPTIONAL, -- Need R q-Hyst ENUMERATED { dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5, dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20, dB22, dB24}, speedStateReselectionPars SEQUENCE { mobilityStateParameters MobilityStateParameters, q-HystSF SEQUENCE { sf-Medium ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0}, sf-High ENUMERATED {dB-6, dB-4, dB-2, dB0} } } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... }, cellReselectionServingFreqInfo SEQUENCE { s-NonIntraSearchP ReselectionThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Need S s-NonIntraSearchQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need S threshServingLowP ReselectionThreshold, threshServingLowQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority, cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... }, intraFreqCellReselectionInfo SEQUENCE { q-RxLevMin Q-RxLevMin, q-RxLevMinSUL Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R q-QualMin Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S s-IntraSearchP ReselectionThreshold, s-IntraSearchQ ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL, -- Need S t-ReselectionNR T-Reselection, frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need S frequencyBandListSUL MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S smtc SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S ss-RSSI-Measurement SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL, -- Need R ssb-ToMeasure SSB-ToMeasure OPTIONAL, -- Need S deriveSSB-IndexFromCell BOOLEAN, ..., [[ t-ReselectionNR-SF SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[ smtc2-LP-r16 SSB-MTC2-LP-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16 SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum ]], [[ ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r17 SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r17 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 ]], [[ smtc4list-r17 SSB-MTC4List-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ frequencyBandList-v1760 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB-v1760 OPTIONAL, -- Need R frequencyBandListSUL-v1760 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB-v1760 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] }, ..., [[ relaxedMeasurement-r16 SEQUENCE { lowMobilityEvaluation-r16 SEQUENCE { s-SearchDeltaP-r16 ENUMERATED { dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15, spare3, spare2, spare1}, t-SearchDeltaP-r16 ENUMERATED { s5, s10, s20, s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, s300, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellEdgeEvaluation-r16 SEQUENCE { s-SearchThresholdP-r16 ReselectionThreshold, s-SearchThresholdQ-r16 ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R combineRelaxedMeasCondition-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R highPriorityMeasRelax-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ cellEquivalentSize-r17 INTEGER(2..16) OPTIONAL, -- Cond HSDN relaxedMeasurement-r17 SEQUENCE { stationaryMobilityEvaluation-r17 SEQUENCE { s-SearchDeltaP-Stationary-r17 ENUMERATED {dB2, dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15, spare2, spare1}, t-SearchDeltaP-Stationary-r17 ENUMERATED {s5, s10, s20, s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, s300, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} }, cellEdgeEvaluationWhileStationary-r17 SEQUENCE { s-SearchThresholdP2-r17 ReselectionThreshold, s-SearchThresholdQ2-r17 ReselectionThresholdQ OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R combineRelaxedMeasCondition2-r17 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } RangeToBestCell ::= Q-OffsetRange -- TAG-SIB2-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB3
SIB3 contains neighbouring cell related information relevant only for intra-frequency cell re-selection. The IE includes cells with specific re-selection parameters as well as exclude-listed cells.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB3-START SIB3 ::= SEQUENCE {
intraFreqNeighCellListList of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
IntraFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
intraFreqExcludedCellListList of exclude-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
IntraFreqExcludedCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
intraFreqAllowedCellList-r16List of allow-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
IntraFreqAllowedCellList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
intraFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R intraFreqNeighCellList-v1710 IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1710 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
channelAccessMode2-r17If present, this field indicates that intra-frequency neighbor cells apply channel access mode procedures for operation with shared spectrum channel access in accordance with TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.4 for FR2-2. If absent, the intra-frequency neighbor cells do not apply any channel access procedure.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } IntraFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1610::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 IntraFreqNeighCellList-v1710 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1710 IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId PhysCellId,
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } IntraFreqNeighCellInfo-v1710 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r17Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r17 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } IntraFreqExcludedCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellExcluded)) OF PCI-Range IntraFreqAllowedCellList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellAllowed)) OF PCI-Range IntraFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityIndex-r16 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), cag-CellList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range } IntraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellIntra)) OF PCI-Range -- TAG-SIB3-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB2 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
cellEdgeEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect that it is not at cell edge, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.2).
cellEdgeEvaluationWhileStationary
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect that it is not at cell edge while stationary, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.4).
cellEquivalentSize
The number of cell count used for mobility state estimation for this cell as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
cellReselectionInfoCommon
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/ or inter-RAT cell re-selection.
cellReselectionServingFreqInfo
Information common for non-intra-frequency cell re-selection i.e. cell re-selection to inter-frequency and inter-RAT cells.
combineRelaxedMeasCondition
When both lowMobilityEvalutation and cellEdgeEvalutation criteria are present in SIB2, this parameter configures the UE to fulfil both criteria in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection. If the field is absent, the UE is allowed to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection when either or both of the criteria are met. (See TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0)
combineRelaxedMeasCondition2
When both stationaryMobilityEvaluation and cellEdgeEvaluationWhileStationary criteria are present in SIB2, this parameter configures the UE to fulfil both criteria in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection. If the field is absent, the UE is allowed to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection when only the stationary criteria is met. (See TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0)
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the serving frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply. The UE behaviour in case the field is absent is described in clause 5.2.2.4.3.
highPriorityMeasRelax
Indicates whether measurements can be relaxed on high priority frequencies. If the field is absent, the UE shall not relax measurements on high priority frequenciesbeyond "Thigher_priority_search" unless both low mobility and not at cell edge criteria are fulfilled (see TS 38.133 [14], clauses 4.2.2.7, 4.2.2.10 and 4.2.2.11).
intraFreqCellReselectionInfo
Cell re-selection information common for intra-frequency cells.
lowMobilityEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect low mobility, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.1).
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the intra-frequency neighbouring NR cells. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell, TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell or TS 38.101-5 [75] in case of an NTN cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39]. This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-Hyst
Parameter "Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20], Value in dB. Value dB1 corresponds to 1 dB, dB2 corresponds to 2 dB and so on.
q-HystSF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst" in TS 38.304 [20]. The sf-Medium and sf-High concern the additional hysteresis to be applied, in Medium and High Mobility state respectively, to Qhyst as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. In dB. Value dB-6 corresponds to -6dB, dB-4 corresponds to -4dB and so on.
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20], applicable for intra-frequency neighbour cells.
rangeToBestCell
Parameter "rangeToBestCell" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures only non-negative (in dB) values.
relaxedMeasurement
Configuration to allow relaxation of RRM measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9). In NTN, this field is only applicable for GSO neighbour cells.
s-IntraSearchP
Parameter "SIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20].
s-IntraSearchQ
Parameter "SIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SIntraSearchQ.
s-NonIntraSearchP
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchP" in TS 38.304 [20]. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of infinity for SnonIntraSearchP.
s-NonIntraSearchQ
Parameter "SnonIntraSearchQ" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for SnonIntraSearchQ.
s-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on.
s-SearchDeltaP-Stationary
Parameter "SSearchDeltaP-Stationary" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value dB2 corresponds to 2 dB, dB3 corresponds to 3 dB and so on.
s-SearchThresholdP, s-SearchThresholdP2
Parameters "SSearchThresholdP" and "SSearchThresholdP2" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdPand s-SearchThresholdP2 to be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchP and s-NonIntraSearchP.
s-SearchThresholdQ, s-SearchThresholdQ2
Parameters "SSearchThresholdQ" and "SSearchThresholdQ2" in TS 38.304 [20]. The network configures s-SearchThresholdQand s-SearchThresholdQ2to be less than or equal to s-IntraSearchQ and s-NonIntraSearchQ.
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms for the intra-frequnecy cells. If the field is broadcast by an NTN cell, the offset (derived from parameter periodicityAndOffset) is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in intraFreqCellReselectionInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the intra-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no intra-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
smtc4list
Measurement timing configuration list for NTN deployments, see clause 5.5.2.10. The offset of each SSB-MTC4 in smtc4list is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference. For a UE that supports less SMTCs than what is included in this list, it is up to the UE to select which SMTCs to consider.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for intra-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
stationaryMobilityEvaluation
Indicates the criteria for a UE to detect stationary mobility, in order to relax measurement requirements for cell reselection (see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.9.0).
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowP
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowP" inTS 38.304 [20].
threshServingLowQ
Parameter "ThreshServing, LowQ" inTS 38.304 [20].
t-SearchDeltaP
Parameter "TSearchDeltaP" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds. Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on.
t-SearchDeltaP-Stationary
Parameter "TSearchDeltaP-Stationary" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value in seconds. Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
HSDN
The field is optionally present, Need R, if speedStateReselectionPars is present; otherwise the field is not present.
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this intra-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access in FR1. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SharedSpectrum2
This field is optionally present if this intra-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2, Need R. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SIB3field descriptions
channelAccessMode2
If present, this field indicates that intra-frequency neighbor cells apply channel access mode procedures for operation with shared spectrum channel access in accordance with TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.4 for FR2-2. If absent, the intra-frequency neighbor cells do not apply any channel access procedure.
intraFreqAllowedCellList
List of allow-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
intraFreqCAG-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20]) per PLMN.
intraFreqExcludedCellList
List of exclude-listed intra-frequency neighbouring cells.
intraFreqNeighCellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If intraFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in intraFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
intraFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of intra-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific intra-frequency neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB2 for the indicated cell.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this intra-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–SIB4
SIB4 contains information relevant for inter-frequency cell re-selection (i.e. information about other NR frequencies and inter-frequency neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection), which can also be used for NR idle/inactive measurements. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency as well as cell specific re-selection parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB4-START SIB4 ::= SEQUENCE {
interFreqCarrierFreqListList of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610,interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1700, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1720,interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1730 or interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1760are present, they shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
InterFreqCarrierFreqList, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1700 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1700 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1720 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1720 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1730 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1730 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1760 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1760 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } InterFreqCarrierFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1700 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1720 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1720 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1730 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1730 InterFreqCarrierFreqList-v1760 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1760 InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
dl-CarrierFreqThis field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15] or TS 38.101-5 [75].
ARFCN-ValueNR,
frequencyBandListIndicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Cond Mandatory frequencyBandListSUL MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB OPTIONAL, -- Need R
nrofSS-BlocksToAverageNumber of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidationThreshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need S
smtcMeasurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency. If the field is broadcast by an NTN cell, the offset (derived from parameter periodicityAndOffset) is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL, -- Need S
ssbSubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 120 or 240 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
SubcarrierSpacing,
ssb-ToMeasureThe set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
SSB-ToMeasure OPTIONAL, -- Need S
deriveSSB-IndexFromCellThis field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
BOOLEAN, ss-RSSI-Measurement SS-RSSI-Measurement OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-RxLevMin,
q-RxLevMinSULParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-RxLevMin OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
Q-QualMin OPTIONAL, -- Need S
p-MaxValue in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell, TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell or TS 38.101-5 [75] in case of an NTN cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
t-ReselectionNRParameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionNR-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need S
threshX-HighPParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-LowPParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold, threshX-Q SEQUENCE {
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ,
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond RSRQ cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-OffsetFreqParameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
interFreqNeighCellListList of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
InterFreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
interFreqExcludedCellListList of exclude-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
InterFreqExcludedCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE { interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
smtc2-LP-r16Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
SSB-MTC2-LP-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
interFreqAllowedCellList-r16List of allow-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
InterFreqAllowedCellList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum2
ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum
interFreqCAG-CellList-r16List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
highSpeedMeasInterFreq-r17If the field is set to trueandUE supportshigh speed inter-frequency IDLE/INACTIVE measurements, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-frequency RRM requirements on the inter-frequency carrier to support high speed up to 500 km/h in RRC_IDLE/RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
redCapAccessAllowed-r17Indicates whether RedCap UEs are allowed to access the frequency.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ssb-PositionQCL-Common-r17Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Cond SharedSpectrum interFreqNeighCellList-v1710 InterFreqNeighCellList-v1710 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1720 ::= SEQUENCE {
smtc4list-r17Measurement timing configuration list for NTN deployments, see clause 5.5.2.10. The offset of each SSB-MTC4 in smtc4list is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference. For a UE that supports less SMTCs than what is included in this list, it is up to the UE to select which SMTCs to consider.
SSB-MTC4List-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1730 ::= SEQUENCE {
channelAccessMode2-r17If present, this field indicates that the neighbor cells on the inter-frequency apply channel access mode procedures for operation with shared spectrum channel access in accordance with TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.4 for FR2-2. If absent, the neighbor cellson the inter-frequency do not apply any channel access procedure.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R } InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo-v1760 ::= SEQUENCE { frequencyBandList-v1760 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB-v1760 OPTIONAL, -- Need R frequencyBandListSUL-v1760 MultiFrequencyBandListNR-SIB-v1760 OPTIONAL -- Need R } InterFreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF PCI-Range InterFreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo InterFreqNeighCellList-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 InterFreqNeighCellList-v1710 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellInter)) OF InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1710 InterFreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId PhysCellId,
q-OffsetCellParameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSULParameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r16Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r16 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } InterFreqNeighCellInfo-v1710 ::= SEQUENCE {
ssb-PositionQCL-r17Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
SSB-PositionQCL-Relation-r17 OPTIONAL -- Cond SharedSpectrum2 } InterFreqExcludedCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellExcluded)) OF PCI-Range InterFreqAllowedCellList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellAllowed)) OF PCI-Range InterFreqCAG-CellListPerPLMN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityIndex-r16 INTEGER (1..maxPLMN), cag-CellList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCAG-Cell-r16)) OF PCI-Range } -- TAG-SIB4-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB4 field descriptions
absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation
Threshold for consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
channelAccessMode2
If present, this field indicates that the neighbor cells on the inter-frequency apply channel access mode procedures for operation with shared spectrum channel access in accordance with TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.4 for FR2-2. If absent, the neighbor cellson the inter-frequency do not apply any channel access procedure.
deriveSSB-IndexFromCell
This field indicates whether the UE may use the timing of any detected cell on that frequency to derive the SSB index of all neighbour cells on that frequency. If this field is set to true, the UE assumes SFN and frame boundary alignment across cells on the neighbor frequency as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
dl-CarrierFreq
This field indicates center frequency of the SS block of the neighbour cells, where the frequency corresponds to a GSCN value as specified in TS 38.101-1 [15] or TS 38.101-5 [75].
frequencyBandList
Indicates the list of frequency bands for which the NR cell reselection parameters apply.
highSpeedMeasInterFreq
If the field is set to trueandUE supportshigh speed inter-frequency IDLE/INACTIVE measurements, the UE shall apply the enhanced inter-frequency RRM requirements on the inter-frequency carrier to support high speed up to 500 km/h in RRC_IDLE/RRC_INACTIVE as specified in TS 38.133 [14].
interFreqAllowedCellList
List of allow-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells, see TS 38.304 [20], clause 5.2.4.
interFreqCAG-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring CAG cells (as defined in TS 38.304 [20] per PLMN.
interFreqCarrierFreqList
List of neighbouring carrier frequencies and frequency specific cell re-selection information. If interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1610,interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1700, interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1720,interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1730 or interFreqCarrierFreqList-v1760are present, they shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqCarrierFreqList (without suffix).
interFreqExcludedCellList
List of exclude-listed inter-frequency neighbouring cells.
interFreqNeighCellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring cells with specific cell re-selection parameters. If interFreqNeighCellList-v1610 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in interFreqNeighCellList (without suffix).
interFreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of inter-frequency neighbouring HSDN cells as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
nrofSS-BlocksToAverage
Number of SS blocks to average for cell measurement derivation. If the field is absent, the UE uses the measurement quantity as specified in TS 38.304 [20].
p-Max
Value in dBm applicable for the neighbouring NR cells on this carrier frequency. If absent the UE applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-1 [15] in case of an FR1 cell, TS 38.101-2 [39] in case of an FR2 cell or TS 38.101-5 [75] in case of an NTN cell. In this release of the specification, if p-Max is present on a carrier frequency in FR2, the UE shall ignore the field and applies the maximum power according to TS 38.101-2 [39].This field is ignored by IAB-MT. The IAB-MT applies output power and emissions requirements, as specified in TS 38.174 [63].
q-OffsetCell
Parameter "Qoffsets,n" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-OffsetFreq
Parameter "Qoffsetfrequency" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of negative infinity for Qqualmin.
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellSUL
Parameter "QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL" in TS 38.304 [20]. Actual value QrxlevminoffsetcellSUL = field value * 2 [dB].
q-RxLevMinSUL
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 38.304 [20].
redCapAccessAllowed
Indicates whether RedCap UEs are allowed to access the frequency.
smtc
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency measurement. If this field is absent, the UE assumes that SSB periodicity is 5 ms in this frequency. If the field is broadcast by an NTN cell, the offset (derived from parameter periodicityAndOffset) is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference.
smtc2-LP
Measurement timing configuration for inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity (LP) indicated by periodicity in smtc2-LP. The timing offset and duration are equal to the offset and duration indicated in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo. The periodicity in smtc2-LP can only be set to a value strictly larger than the periodicity in smtc in InterFreqCarrierFreqInfo (e.g. if smtc indicates sf20 the Long Periodicity can only be set to sf40, sf80 or sf160, if smtc indicates sf160, smtc2-LP cannot be configured). The pci-List, if present, includes the physical cell identities of the inter-frequency neighbour cells with Long Periodicity. If smtc2-LP is absent, the UE assumes that there are no inter-frequency neighbour cells with a Long Periodicity.
smtc4list
Measurement timing configuration list for NTN deployments, see clause 5.5.2.10. The offset of each SSB-MTC4 in smtc4list is based on the assumption that the gNB-UE propagation delay difference between the serving cell and neighbour cells equals to 0 ms, and UE can adjust the actual offset based on the actual propagation delay difference. For a UE that supports less SMTCs than what is included in this list, it is up to the UE to select which SMTCs to consider.
ssb-PositionQCL
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for a specific neighbor cell as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1. If provided, the cell specific value overwrites the common value signalled by ssb-PositionQCL-Common in SIB4 for the indicated cell.
ssb-PositionQCL-Common
Indicates the QCL relation between SS/PBCH blocks for inter-frequency neighbor cells as specified in TS 38.213 [13], clause 4.1.
ssb-ToMeasure
The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration (see TS 38.215 [9]). When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks.
ssbSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 120 or 240 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
threshX-HighP
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowP
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR
Parameter "TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionNR-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionNR" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Mandatory
The field is mandatory present in SIB4.
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.
SharedSpectrum
This field is mandatory present if this inter-frequency operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.
SharedSpectrum2
The field is optional present, Need R, if this inter-frequency or neighbor cell operates with shared spectrum channel access. Otherwise, it is absent, Need R.

–SIB5
SIB5 contains information relevant only for inter-RAT cell re-selection i.e. information about E-UTRA frequencies and E-UTRAs neighbouring cells relevant for cell re-selection. The IE includes cell re-selection parameters common for a frequency.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB5-START SIB5 ::= SEQUENCE {
carrierFreqListEUTRAList of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610/ carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1700 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
CarrierFreqListEUTRA OPTIONAL, -- Need R
t-ReselectionEUTRAParameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
T-Reselection,
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SFParameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
SpeedStateScaleFactors OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1700 CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1700 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
idleModeMeasVoiceFallback-r17Indicates whether E-UTRA idle/inactive measurements and reporting for EPS fallback can be used.
ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } CarrierFreqListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 CarrierFreqListEUTRA-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-Carrier)) OF CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1700 CarrierFreqEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
eutra-multiBandInfoListIndicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
EUTRA-MultiBandInfoList OPTIONAL, -- Need R eutra-FreqNeighCellList EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R
eutra-ExcludedCellListList of exclude-listed E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
EUTRA-FreqExcludedCellList OPTIONAL, -- Need R allowedMeasBandwidth EUTRA-AllowedMeasBandwidth, presenceAntennaPort1 EUTRA-PresenceAntennaPort1, cellReselectionPriority CellReselectionPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R cellReselectionSubPriority CellReselectionSubPriority OPTIONAL, -- Need R
threshX-HighParameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
threshX-LowParameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThreshold,
q-RxLevMinParameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
INTEGER (-70..-22),
q-QualMinParameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
INTEGER (-34..-3),
p-MaxEUTRAThe maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
INTEGER (-30..33), threshX-Q SEQUENCE {
threshX-HighQParameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ,
threshX-LowQParameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
ReselectionThresholdQ } OPTIONAL -- Cond RSRQ } CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1610 ::= SEQUENCE {
highSpeedEUTRACarrier-r16If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } CarrierFreqEUTRA-v1700 ::= SEQUENCE {
eutra-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17List of neighbouring EUTRA HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [27].
EUTRA-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R } EUTRA-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange EUTRA-FreqExcludedCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxEUTRA-CellExcluded)) OF EUTRA-PhysCellIdRange EUTRA-FreqNeighCellList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellEUTRA)) OF EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo EUTRA-FreqNeighCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE { physCellId EUTRA-PhysCellId,
dummyThis field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
EUTRA-Q-OffsetRange,
q-RxLevMinOffsetCellParameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
q-QualMinOffsetCellParameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB5-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB5 field descriptions
carrierFreqListEUTRA
List of carrier frequencies of E-UTRA. If the carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1610/ carrierFreqListEUTRA-v1700 is present, it shall contain the same number of entries, listed in the same order as in the carrierFreqListEUTRA (without suffix).
dummy
This field is not used in the specification. If received it shall be ignored by the UE.
eutra-ExcludedCellList
List of exclude-listed E-UTRA neighbouring cells.
eutra-FreqNeighHSDN-CellList
List of neighbouring EUTRA HSDN cells as specified in TS 36.304 [27].
eutra-multiBandInfoList
Indicates the list of frequency bands in addition to the band represented by carrierFreq for which cell reselection parameters are common, and a list of additionalPmax and additionalSpectrumEmission values, as defined in TS 36.101 [22], table 6.2.4-1, for the frequency bands in eutra-multiBandInfoList
highSpeedEUTRACarrier
If the field is present, the UE shall apply the enhanced NR-EUTRA inter-RAT measurement requirements to support high speed up to 500 km/h as specified in TS 38.133 [14] to the E-UTRA carrier.
idleModeMeasVoiceFallback
Indicates whether E-UTRA idle/inactive measurements and reporting for EPS fallback can be used.
p-MaxEUTRA
The maximum allowed transmission power in dBm on the (uplink) carrier frequency, see TS 36.304 [27].
q-QualMin
Parameter "Qqualmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualmin = field value [dB].
q-QualMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qqualminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qqualminoffsetcell = field value [dB].
q-RxLevMin
Parameter "Qrxlevmin" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevmin = field value * 2 [dBm].
q-RxLevMinOffsetCell
Parameter "Qrxlevminoffsetcell" in TS 36.304 [27]. Actual value Qrxlevminoffsetcell = field value * 2 [dB].
t-ReselectionEUTRA
Parameter "TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-High
Parameter "ThreshX, HighP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-HighQ
Parameter "ThreshX, HighQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-Low
Parameter "ThreshX, LowP" in TS 38.304 [20].
threshX-LowQ
Parameter "ThreshX, LowQ" in TS 38.304 [20].
t-ReselectionEUTRA-SF
Parameter "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for TreselectionEUTRA" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the UE behaviour is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
Conditional PresenceExplanation
RSRQ
The field is mandatory present if the threshServingLowQ is present in SIB2; otherwise it is absent.

–SIB6
SIB6 contains an ETWS primary notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB6-START SIB6 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningTypeIdentifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (2)), lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB6-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB6 field descriptions
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningType
Identifies the warning type of the ETWS primary notification and provides information on emergency user alert and UE popup.

–SIB7
SIB7 contains an ETWS secondary notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB7-START SIB7 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of an ETWS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
OCTET STRING,
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1 lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB7-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB7 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of an ETWS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of ETWS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of an ETWS notification.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment of the Warning Message Contents IE.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the ETWS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included ETWS warning message segment is the last segment or not.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB7, otherwise it is absent.

–SIB8
SIB8 contains a CMAS notification.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB8-START SIB8 ::= SEQUENCE {
messageIdentifierIdentifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
serialNumberIdentifies variations of a CMAS notification.
BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
warningMessageSegmentTypeIndicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
warningMessageSegmentNumberSegment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
INTEGER (0..63),
warningMessageSegmentCarries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
OCTET STRING,
dataCodingSchemeIdentifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
OCTET STRING (SIZE (1)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Segment1
warningAreaCoordinatesSegmentIf present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB8-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB8 field descriptions
dataCodingScheme
Identifies the alphabet/coding and the language applied variations of a CMAS notification.
messageIdentifier
Identifies the source and type of CMAS notification.
serialNumber
Identifies variations of a CMAS notification.
warningAreaCoordinatesSegment
If present, carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the geographical area where the CMAS warning message is valid as defined in [28]. The first octet of the first warningAreaCoordinatesSegment is equivalent to the first octet of Warning Area Coordinates IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29] and so on.
warningMessageSegment
Carries a segment, with one or more octets, of the Warning Message Contents IE defined in TS 38.413 [42]. The first octet of the Warning Message Contents IE is equivalent to the first octet of the CB data IE defined in and encoded according to TS 23.041 [29], clause 9.4.2.2.5, and so on.
warningMessageSegmentNumber
Segment number of the CMAS warning message segment contained in the SIB. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, one corresponds to the second segment, and so on. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
warningMessageSegmentType
Indicates whether the included CMAS warning message segment is the last segment or not. If warning area coordinates are provided for the warning message, then this field applies to both warning message segment and warning area coordinates segment.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Segment1
The field is mandatory present in the first segment of SIB8, otherwise it is absent.

–SIB9
SIB9 contains information related to GPS time and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The UE may use the parameters provided in this system information block to obtain the UTC,the GPS and the local time.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB9-START SIB9 ::= SEQUENCE { timeInfo SEQUENCE { timeInfoUTC INTEGER (0..549755813887), dayLightSavingTime BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R leapSeconds INTEGER (-127..128) OPTIONAL, -- Need R localTimeOffset INTEGER (-63..64) OPTIONAL -- Need R } OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ referenceTimeInfo-r16 ReferenceTimeInfo-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-SIB9-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB10
SIB10 contains the HRNNs of the NPNs listed in SIB1. SIB10 information element
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB10-START SIB10-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { hrnn-List-r16 HRNN-List-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } HRNN-List-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNPN-r16)) OF HRNN-r16 HRNN-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { hrnn-r16 OCTET STRING (SIZE(1.. maxHRNN-Len-r16)) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB10-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB9 field descriptions
dayLightSavingTime
Indicates if and how daylight-saving time (DST) is applied to obtain the local time.The semantics are the same as the semantics of the Daylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.501 [23] and TS 24.008 [38]. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string contains the b2 of octet 3 and the second bit of the bit string contains b1 of octet 3 in the value part of theDaylight Saving Time IE in TS 24.008 [38].
leapSeconds
Number of leap seconds offset between GPS Time and UTC. UTC and GPS time are related i.e. GPS time -leapSeconds = UTC time.
localTimeOffset
Offset between UTC and local time in units of 15 minutes. Actual value = field value * 15 minutes. Local time of the day is calculated as UTC time + localTimeOffset.
timeInfoUTC
Coordinated Universal Time corresponding to the SFN boundary at or immediately after the ending boundary of the SI-window in which SIB9 is transmitted. The field counts the number of UTC seconds in 10 ms units since 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). See NOTE 1. This field is excluded when determining changes in system information, i.e. changes of timeInfoUTC should neither result in system information change notifications nor in a modification of valueTag in SIB1.
SIB10 field descriptions
HRNN-List
The same amount of HRNN (see TS 23.003 [21]) elements as the number of NPNs in SIB 1 are included. The n-th entry of HRNN-List contains the human readable network name of the n-th NPN of SIB1. The hrnn in the corresponding entry in HRNN-List is absent if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.

–SIB11
SIB11 contains information related to idle/inactive measurements.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB11-START SIB11-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
measIdleConfigSIB-r16Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.
MeasIdleConfigSIB-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB11-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB11 field descriptions
measIdleConfigSIB
Indicates measurement configuration to be stored and used by the UE while in RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE.

–SIB12
SIB12 contains NR sidelink communication/discovery configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB12-START SIB12-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { segmentNumber-r16 INTEGER (0..63), segmentType-r16 ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment}, segmentContainer-r16 OCTET STRING } SIB12-IEs-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-ConfigCommonNR-r16 SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ sl-DRX-ConfigCommonGC-BC-r17 SL-DRX-ConfigGC-BC-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-DiscConfigCommon-r17 SL-DiscConfigCommon-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-L2U2N-Relay-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-NonRelayDiscovery-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-L3U2N-RelayDiscovery-r17 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-TimersAndConstantsRemoteUE-r17 UE-TimersAndConstantsRemoteUE-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } SL-ConfigCommonNR-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-FreqInfoList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofFreqSL-r16)) OF SL-FreqConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-UE-SelectedConfig-r16 SL-UE-SelectedConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-RadioBearerConfigList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSLRB-r16)) OF SL-RadioBearerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-RLC-BearerConfigList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-LCID-r16)) OF SL-RLC-BearerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-MeasConfigCommon-r16 SL-MeasConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-CSI-Acquisition-r16 ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-OffsetDFN-r16 INTEGER (1..1000) OPTIONAL, -- Need R t400-r16 ENUMERATED {ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms600, ms1000, ms1500, ms2000} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n16, n32} OPTIONAL, -- Need R sl-SSB-PriorityNR-r16 INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL -- Need R } SL-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-NR-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueNR SL-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreqSL-EUTRA-r16)) OF ARFCN-ValueEUTRA SL-DiscConfigCommon-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-RelayUE-ConfigCommon-r17 SL-RelayUE-Config-r17, sl-RemoteUE-ConfigCommon-r17 SL-RemoteUE-Config-r17 } -- TAG-SIB12-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB13
SIB13 contains configurations of V2X sidelink communication defined in TS 36.331 [10].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB13-START SIB13-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sl-V2X-ConfigCommon-r16 OCTET STRING, dummy OCTET STRING, tdd-Config-r16 OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB13-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB14
SIB14 contains configurations of V2X sidelink communication defined in TS 36.331 [10], which can be used jointly with that included in SIB13.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB14-START SIB14-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt-r16This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB14-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB12field descriptions
segmentContainer
This field includes a segment of the encoded SIB12-IEs. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a NR SI, i.e. 2976 bits when SIB12 is broadcast.
segmentNumber
This field identifies the sequence number of a segment of SIB12-IEs. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, A segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
segmentType
This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.
sl-CSI-Acquisition
This field indicates whether CSI reporting is enabled in sidelink unicast. If not set, SL CSI reporting is disabled.
sl-DRX-ConfigCommonGC-BC
This field indicates the sidelink DRX configuration for groupcast and broadcast communication, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].This field, if present, also indicates the gNB is capable of sidelink DRX.
sl-EUTRA-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the EUTRA anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication configurations.
sl-FreqInfoList
This field indicates the NR sidelink communication/discovery configuration on some carrier frequency (ies). In this release, only one entry can be configured in the list.
sl-L2U2N-Relay
This field indicates the support of NR sidelink Layer-2 relay.
sl-L3U2N-RelayDiscovery
This field indicates the support of L3 U2N relay AS-layer capability, i.e. NR sidelink relay discovery.
sl-MaxNumConsecutiveDTX
This field indicates the maximum number of consecutive HARQ DTX before triggering sidelink RLF. Value n1 corresponds to 1, value n2 corresponds to 2, and so on.
sl-MeasConfigCommon
This field indicates the measurement configurations (e.g. RSRP) for NR sidelink communication.
sl-NonRelayDiscovery
This field indicates the support of NR sidelink non-relay discovery.
sl-NR-AnchorCarrierFreqList
This field indicates the NR anchor carrier frequency list, which can provide the NR sidelink communication/discovery configurations.
sl-OffsetDFN
Indicates the timing offset for the UE to determine DFN timing when GNSS is used for timing reference. Value 1 corresponds to 0.001 milliseconds, value 2 corresponds to 0.002 milliseconds, and so on.
sl-RadioBearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink radio bearer configurations.
sl-RLC-BearerConfigList
This field indicates one or multiple sidelink RLC bearer configurations.
sl-SSB-PriorityNR
This field indicates the priority of NR sidelink SSB transmission and reception.
t400
Indicates the value for timer T400 as described in clause 7.1. Value ms100 corresponds to 100 ms, value ms200 corresponds to 200 ms and so on.
SIB13field descriptions
dummy
This field is not used in the specification and the UE ignores the received value.
sl-V2X-ConfigCommon
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType21 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
tdd-Config
This field includes the tdd-Config in E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType1 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].
SIB14field descriptions
sl-V2X-ConfigCommonExt
This field includes the E-UTRA SystemInformationBlockType26 message as specified in TS 36.331 [10].

–SIB15
SIB15 contains configurations of disaster roaming information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB15-START SIB15-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition-r17A list of PLMN(s) for which disaster condition applies and that disaster inbound roaming is accepted, which can be commonly applicable to the PLMNs sharing the cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, -- Need R
applicableDisasterInfoList-r17A list indicating the applicable disaster roaming information for the networks indicated in plmn-IdentityInfoList and npn-IdentityInfoList-r16. The network indicates in this list one entry for each entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList, followed by one entry for each entry of npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, meaning that this list will have as many entries as the number of entries of the combination of plmn-IdentityInfoList and npn-IdentityInfoList-r16. The first entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the first entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList/npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, the second entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the second entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList/npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, and so on. Each entry in this list can either be having the value noDisasterRoaming, disasterRelatedIndication, commonPLMNs, or dedicatedPLMNs. If an entry in this list takes the value noDisasterRoaming, disaster inbound roaming is not allowed in this network(s). If an entry in this list takes the value disasterRelatedIndication, the meaning of this field for this network(s) is as specified for "disaster related indication" in TS 23.122 [74], clause 4.4.3.1.1. If an entry in this list takes the value commonPLMNs, the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions indicated in the field commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition apply for this network(s). If an entry in this list contains the value dedicatedPLMNs, the listed PLMN(s) are the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions that the network(s) corresponding to this entry accepts disaster inbound roamers from. For SNPNs, the network indicates the value noDisasterRoaming.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF ApplicableDisasterInfo-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } ApplicableDisasterInfo-r17 ::= CHOICE { noDisasterRoaming-r17 NULL, disasterRelatedIndication-r17 NULL, commonPLMNs-r17 NULL, dedicatedPLMNs-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity } -- TAG-SIB15-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB15field descriptions
commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition
A list of PLMN(s) for which disaster condition applies and that disaster inbound roaming is accepted, which can be commonly applicable to the PLMNs sharing the cell.
applicableDisasterInfoList
A list indicating the applicable disaster roaming information for the networks indicated in plmn-IdentityInfoList and npn-IdentityInfoList-r16. The network indicates in this list one entry for each entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList, followed by one entry for each entry of npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, meaning that this list will have as many entries as the number of entries of the combination of plmn-IdentityInfoList and npn-IdentityInfoList-r16. The first entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the first entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList/npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, the second entry in this list indicates the disaster roaming information applicable for the network(s) in the second entry of plmn-IdentityInfoList/npn-IdentityInfoList-r16, and so on. Each entry in this list can either be having the value noDisasterRoaming, disasterRelatedIndication, commonPLMNs, or dedicatedPLMNs. If an entry in this list takes the value noDisasterRoaming, disaster inbound roaming is not allowed in this network(s). If an entry in this list takes the value disasterRelatedIndication, the meaning of this field for this network(s) is as specified for "disaster related indication" in TS 23.122 [74], clause 4.4.3.1.1. If an entry in this list takes the value commonPLMNs, the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions indicated in the field commonPLMNsWithDisasterCondition apply for this network(s). If an entry in this list contains the value dedicatedPLMNs, the listed PLMN(s) are the PLMN(s) with disaster conditions that the network(s) corresponding to this entry accepts disaster inbound roamers from. For SNPNs, the network indicates the value noDisasterRoaming.

–SIB16
SIB16 contains configurations of slice-based cell reselection information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB16-START SIB16-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
freqPriorityListSlicing-r17This field indicates cell reselection priorities for slicing.
FreqPriorityListSlicing-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIB16-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB16field descriptions
freqPriorityListSlicing
This field indicates cell reselection priorities for slicing.

–SIB17
SIB17 contains configurations of TRS resources for idle/inactive UEs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB17-START SIB17-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
segmentNumber-r17This field identifies the sequence number of a segment of SIB17-IEs. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, a segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
INTEGER (0..63),
segmentType-r17This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.
ENUMERATED {notLastSegment, lastSegment},
segmentContainer-r17This field includes a segment of the encoded SIB17-IEs. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a NR SI, i.e. 2976 bits when SIB17 is broadcast.
OCTET STRING } SIB17-IEs-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
trs-ResourceSetConfig-r17RS configuration of TRS occasion(s) for idle/inactive UE(s), in terms of a list of N>=1 NZP TRS resource set(s). The maximum number of TRS resource sets configured by higher layer is 64. If a TRS resource is configured, the L1 based availability indication is always enabled based on that configuration. A UE which acquired SIB17 with a TRS configuration but did not yet receive an associated L1-based availability indication considers the configured TRS as unavailable. If SIB scheduling indicates that SIB17 has changed, the UE considers its configured TRS(s) as unavailable until it receives the associated L1-based availability indication(s).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTRS-ResourceSets-r17)) OF TRS-ResourceSet-r17,
validityDuration-r17The valid time duration for L1 availability indication, time unit is one default paging cycle. When the field is absent, UE assumes a default time duration to be 2 default paging cycles.The field is only valid while the UE has a valid SIB17.
ENUMERATED {t1, t2, t4, t8, t16, t32, t64, t128, t256, t512, infinity, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } TRS-ResourceSet-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
powerControlOffsetSS-r17Power offset (dB) of NZP CSI-RS RE to SSS RE.
ENUMERATED {db-3, db0, db3, db6},
scramblingID-Info-r17One or more scrambling IDs are configured for a TRS resource set. If a common scrambling ID is configured, it applies to all the TRS resources within the TRS resource set. Otherwise, each TRS resource within the TRS resource set is provided with a scrambling ID. If the number of TRS resources for the TRS resource set is 2, scramblingIDperResourceListWith2-r17 is configured, while scramblingIDperResourceListWith4-r17 is configuredfor the case that the number of TRS resources for the TRS resource set is 4.
CHOICE { scramblingIDforCommon-r17 ScramblingId, scramblingIDperResourceListWith2-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (2)) OF ScramblingId, scramblingIDperResourceListWith4-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF ScramblingId, ... },
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain-r17The index of the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for TRS in a slot. The field indicates the first symbol in a slotfor the first TRS resource within the slot, and the symbol for the second TRS resource in the same slot can be derived implicitly with symbol index as firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain+4.
INTEGER (0..9),
startingRB-r17The PRB index where corresponding TRS resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid.
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
nrofRBs-r17Number of PRBs across which corresponding TRS resource spans.
INTEGER (24..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocksPlus1),
ssb-Index-r17The index of reference SSB with which quasi-collocation information is provided as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.5.
SSB-Index,
periodicityAndOffset-r17The periodicity and slot offset (slot) for periodicTRS. It is used to determine the location of the first slot of TRS resource set. The periodicity value slots10 corresponds to 10 slots, value slots20 corresponds to 20 slots, and so on.
CHOICE { slots10 INTEGER (0..9), slots20 INTEGER (0..19), slots40 INTEGER (0..39), slots80 INTEGER (0..79) },
frequencyDomainAllocation-r17Indicates the offset of the first RE to RE#0 in a RB in row1.
BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
indBitID-r17The index of the associatedbit in TRS availability indication field in DCI. Each TRS resource set is configured with an ID i for the association with (i+1)-th indication bit in TRS availability indication field in DCI.
INTEGER (0..5),
nrofResources-r17The number of TRS resources for a TRS resource set.
ENUMERATED {n2, n4} } -- TAG-SIB17-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB17field descriptions
segmentContainer
This field includes a segment of the encoded SIB17-IEs. The size of the included segment in this container should be small enough that the SIB message size is less than or equal to the maximum size of a NR SI, i.e. 2976 bits when SIB17 is broadcast.
segmentNumber
This field identifies the sequence number of a segment of SIB17-IEs. A segment number of zero corresponds to the first segment, a segment number of one corresponds to the second segment, and so on.
segmentType
This field indicates whether the included segment is the last segment or not.
trs-ResourceSetConfig
RS configuration of TRS occasion(s) for idle/inactive UE(s), in terms of a list of N>=1 NZP TRS resource set(s). The maximum number of TRS resource sets configured by higher layer is 64. If a TRS resource is configured, the L1 based availability indication is always enabled based on that configuration. A UE which acquired SIB17 with a TRS configuration but did not yet receive an associated L1-based availability indication considers the configured TRS as unavailable. If SIB scheduling indicates that SIB17 has changed, the UE considers its configured TRS(s) as unavailable until it receives the associated L1-based availability indication(s).
validityDuration
The valid time duration for L1 availability indication, time unit is one default paging cycle. When the field is absent, UE assumes a default time duration to be 2 default paging cycles.The field is only valid while the UE has a valid SIB17.
TRS-ResourceSetfield descriptions
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain
The index of the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for TRS in a slot. The field indicates the first symbol in a slotfor the first TRS resource within the slot, and the symbol for the second TRS resource in the same slot can be derived implicitly with symbol index as firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain+4.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Indicates the offset of the first RE to RE#0 in a RB in row1.
indBitID
The index of the associatedbit in TRS availability indication field in DCI. Each TRS resource set is configured with an ID i for the association with (i+1)-th indication bit in TRS availability indication field in DCI.
nrofRBs
Number of PRBs across which corresponding TRS resource spans.
nrofResources
The number of TRS resources for a TRS resource set.
periodicityAndOffset
The periodicity and slot offset (slot) for periodicTRS. It is used to determine the location of the first slot of TRS resource set. The periodicity value slots10 corresponds to 10 slots, value slots20 corresponds to 20 slots, and so on.
powerControlOffsetSS
Power offset (dB) of NZP CSI-RS RE to SSS RE.
scramblingID-Info
One or more scrambling IDs are configured for a TRS resource set. If a common scrambling ID is configured, it applies to all the TRS resources within the TRS resource set. Otherwise, each TRS resource within the TRS resource set is provided with a scrambling ID. If the number of TRS resources for the TRS resource set is 2, scramblingIDperResourceListWith2-r17 is configured, while scramblingIDperResourceListWith4-r17 is configuredfor the case that the number of TRS resources for the TRS resource set is 4.
ssb-Index
The index of reference SSB with which quasi-collocation information is provided as specified in TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.1.5.
startingRB
The PRB index where corresponding TRS resource starts in relation to common resource block #0 (CRB#0) on the common resource block grid.

–SIB18
SIB18 contains Group IDs for Network selection (GINs) to support access using credentials from a Credentials Holder or to support UE onboarding. SIB18 information element –SIB19 SIB19 contains satellite assistance information for NTN access. SIB19 information element
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB18-START SIB18-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
gin-ElementList-r17Thegin-ElementList contains one or more GIN elements. Each GIN element contains either one GIN, which is identified by a PLMN ID and a NID, or multiple GINs that share the same PLMN ID. The total number of GINs indicated does not exceed maxGIN-r17. The GIN index m is defined as d1+d2+…+d(n-1)+i for the GIN included in the n-th entry of the gin-ElementList and the i-th entry of its corresponding GIN-Element, where d(k) is the number of GIN index values used in the k-th gin-ElementList entry.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGIN-r17)) OF GIN-Element-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
gins-PerSNPN-List-r17Indicates the supported GINs for each SNPN. The network includes the same number of entries as the number of SNPNs in snpn-AccessInfoList in provided in SIB1, and the n-th entry in this list corresponds to the n-th SNPN listed in snpn-AccessInfoList provided in SIB1.The network configures this field only if the cell broadcasts more than one SNPN in SIB1. If this field is absent, as in case of a single SNPN broadcasted in SIB1, the UE shall associate all GINs in gin-ElementList to that SNPN.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNPN-r16)) OF GINs-PerSNPN-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } GIN-Element-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-Identity-r17 PLMN-Identity, nid-List-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGIN-r17)) OF NID-r16 } GINs-PerSNPN-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
supportedGINs-r17Indicates the GINs which are supported by the given SNPN. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the GIN with GIN index 1, the second bit corresponds to the GIN with GIN index 2 and so on. A bit set to 1 indicates that the GIN is supported by the SNPN. If the field is not present, then the corresponding SNPN does not support any GINs.
BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxGIN-r17)) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB18-STOP -- ASN1STOP -- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB19-START SIB19-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
ntn-Config-r17Provides parameters needed for the UE to access NR via NTN access such asEphemeris data, common TA parameters, k_offset, validity duration for UL sync information and epoch.
NTN-Config-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
t-Service-r17Indicates the time information on when a cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system is going to stop serving the area it is currently covering. The field indicates a time in multiples of 10 ms after 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). The exact stop time is between the time indicated by the value of this field minus 1 and the time indicated by the value of this field.
INTEGER (0..549755813887) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
referenceLocation-r17Reference location of the serving cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system and is used in location-based measurement initiation in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, as defined in TS 38.304 [20].
ReferenceLocation-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
distanceThresh-r17Distance from the serving cell reference location and is used in location-based measurement initiation in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. Each step represents 50m.
INTEGER(0..65525) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ntn-NeighCellConfigList-r17 NTN-NeighCellConfigList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ..., [[ ntn-NeighCellConfigListExt-v1720 NTN-NeighCellConfigList-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } NTN-NeighCellConfigList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxCellNTN-r17)) OF NTN-NeighCellConfig-r17 NTN-NeighCellConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
ntn-Config-r17Provides parameters needed for the UE to access NR via NTN access such asEphemeris data, common TA parameters, k_offset, validity duration for UL sync information and epoch.
NTN-Config-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R carrierFreq-r17 ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R physCellId-r17 PhysCellId OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-SIB19-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB18field descriptions
gin-ElementList
Thegin-ElementList contains one or more GIN elements. Each GIN element contains either one GIN, which is identified by a PLMN ID and a NID, or multiple GINs that share the same PLMN ID. The total number of GINs indicated does not exceed maxGIN-r17. The GIN index m is defined as d1+d2+…+d(n-1)+i for the GIN included in the n-th entry of the gin-ElementList and the i-th entry of its corresponding GIN-Element, where d(k) is the number of GIN index values used in the k-th gin-ElementList entry.
gins-PerSNPN-List
Indicates the supported GINs for each SNPN. The network includes the same number of entries as the number of SNPNs in snpn-AccessInfoList in provided in SIB1, and the n-th entry in this list corresponds to the n-th SNPN listed in snpn-AccessInfoList provided in SIB1.The network configures this field only if the cell broadcasts more than one SNPN in SIB1. If this field is absent, as in case of a single SNPN broadcasted in SIB1, the UE shall associate all GINs in gin-ElementList to that SNPN.
GINs-PerSNPN field descriptions
supportedGINs
Indicates the GINs which are supported by the given SNPN. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the GIN with GIN index 1, the second bit corresponds to the GIN with GIN index 2 and so on. A bit set to 1 indicates that the GIN is supported by the SNPN. If the field is not present, then the corresponding SNPN does not support any GINs.
SIB19 field descriptions
distanceThresh
Distance from the serving cell reference location and is used in location-based measurement initiation in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, as defined in TS 38.304 [20]. Each step represents 50m.
ntn-Config
Provides parameters needed for the UE to access NR via NTN access such asEphemeris data, common TA parameters, k_offset, validity duration for UL sync information and epoch.
ntn-NeighCellConfigList, ntn-NeighCellConfigListExt
Provides a list of NTN neighbour cells including their ntn-Config, carrier frequency and PhysCellId. This set includes all elements of ntn-NeighCellConfigList and all elements of ntn-NeighCellConfigListExt.If ntn-Config is absent for an entry in ntn-NeighCellConfigListExt, the ntn-Config provided in the entry at the same position in ntn-NeighCellConfigList applies. Network provides ntn-Config for the first entry of ntn-NeighCellConfigList. If the ntn-Config is absent for any other entry in ntn-NeighCellConfigList, the ntn-Config provided in the previous entry in ntn-NeighCellConfigList applies.
referenceLocation
Reference location of the serving cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system and is used in location-based measurement initiation in RRC_IDLE and RRC_INACTIVE, as defined in TS 38.304 [20].
t-Service
Indicates the time information on when a cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system is going to stop serving the area it is currently covering. The field indicates a time in multiples of 10 ms after 00:00:00 on Gregorian calendar date 1 January, 1900 (midnight between Sunday, December 31, 1899 and Monday, January 1, 1900). The exact stop time is between the time indicated by the value of this field minus 1 and the time indicated by the value of this field.

–SIB20
SIB20 contains the information required to acquire the MCCH/MTCH configuration for MBS broadcast.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB20-START SIB20-r17 ::=SEQUENCE { mcch-Config-r17 MCCH-Config-r17, cfr-ConfigMCCH-MTCH-r17 CFR-ConfigMCCH-MTCH-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need S lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } MCCH-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { mcch-RepetitionPeriodAndOffset-r17 MCCH-RepetitionPeriodAndOffset-r17, mcch-WindowStartSlot-r17 INTEGER (0..79), mcch-WindowDuration-r17 ENUMERATED {sl2, sl4, sl8, sl10, sl20, sl40,sl80, sl160} OPTIONAL, -- Need S mcch-ModificationPeriod-r17 ENUMERATED {rf2, rf4, rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512, rf1024, rf2048, rf4096, rf8192, rf16384, rf32768, rf65536} } MCCH-RepetitionPeriodAndOffset-r17 ::= CHOICE { rf1-r17 INTEGER(0), rf2-r17 INTEGER(0..1), rf4-r17 INTEGER(0..3), rf8-r17 INTEGER(0..7), rf16-r17 INTEGER(0..15), rf32-r17 INTEGER(0..31), rf64-r17 INTEGER(0..63), rf128-r17 INTEGER(0..127), rf256-r17 INTEGER(0..255) } -- TAG-SIB20-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIB21
SIB21 contains the mapping between the current and/or neighbouring carrier frequencies and MBS Frequency Selection Area Identities (FSAI).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIB21-START SIB21-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
mbs-FSAI-IntraFreq-r17Contains the list of MBS FSAIs for the current frequency. For MBS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBS FSAIs listed in mbs-FSAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBS frequencies of interest.
MBS-FSAI-List-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
mbs-FSAI-InterFreqList-r17Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBS services and the corresponding MBS FSAIs.
MBS-FSAI-InterFreqList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } MBS-FSAI-List-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFSAI-MBS-r17)) OF MBS-FSAI-r17 MBS-FSAI-InterFreqList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MBS-FSAI-InterFreq-r17 MBS-FSAI-InterFreq-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { dl-CarrierFreq-r17 ARFCN-ValueNR, mbs-FSAI-List-r17 MBS-FSAI-List-r17 } MBS-FSAI-r17 ::= OCTET STRING (SIZE (3)) -- TAG-SIB21-STOP -- ASN1STOP
SIB20field descriptions
cfr-ConfigMCCH-MTCH
Common frequency resource used for MCCH and MTCH reception. If the field is absent, the CFR for broadcast has the same location and size as CORESET#0 and PDSCH configuration of MCCH is the same as PDSCH configuration provided in initialDownlinkBWP in SIB1.
mcch-WindowDuration
Indicates, starting from the slot indicated by mcch-WindowStartSlot, the duration in slots during which MCCH may be scheduled. Absence of this field means that MCCH is only scheduled in the slot indicated by mcch-WindowStartSlot. The network always configures mcch-WindowDuration to be shorter or equal to the length of MCCH repetition period.
mcch-ModificationPeriod
Defines periodically appearing boundaries, i.e. radio frames for which SFN mod mcch-ModificationPeriod = 0. The contents of different transmissions of MCCH information can only be different if there is at least one such boundary in-between them. Value rf2 corresponds to two radio frames, value rf4 corresponds to four radio frames and so on.
mcch-RepetitionPeriodAndOffset
Defines the length and the offset of the MCCH repetition period. rf1 corresponds to a repetition period length of one radio frame, rf2 corresponds to a repetition period length of two radio frames and so on. The corresponding integer value indicates the offset of the repetition period in the number of radio frames. MCCH is scheduled in the MCCH transmission window starting from each radio frame for which: SFN mod repetition period length = offset of the repetition period.
mcch-WindowStartSlot
Indicates the slot in which MCCH transmission window starts.
SIB21field descriptions
mbs-FSAI-InterFreqList
Contains a list of neighboring frequencies including additional bands, if any, that provide MBS services and the corresponding MBS FSAIs.
mbs-FSAI-IntraFreq
Contains the list of MBS FSAIs for the current frequency. For MBS service continuity, the UE shall use all MBS FSAIs listed in mbs-FSAI-IntraFreq to derive the MBS frequencies of interest.

6.3.1a Positioning System information blocks
–PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs
-- ASN1START -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-START PosSystemInformation-r16-IEs ::= SEQUENCE { posSIB-TypeAndInfo-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF CHOICE { posSib1-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-4-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-5-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-6-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-7-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-8-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-4-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-5-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-6-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-7-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-8-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-9-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-10-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-11-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-12-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-13-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-14-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-15-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-16-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-17-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-18-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-19-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-20-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-21-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-22-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-23-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib3-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib4-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib5-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-1-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-2-r16 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-3-r16 SIBpos-r16, ... , posSib1-9-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib1-10-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-24-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib2-25-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-4-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-5-v1700 SIBpos-r16, posSib6-6-v1700 SIBpos-r16 }, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-POSSYSTEMINFORMATION-R16-IES-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–PosSI-SchedulingInfo
-- ASN1START -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-START PosSI-SchedulingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { posSchedulingInfoList-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSI-Message)) OF PosSchedulingInfo-r16, posSI-RequestConfig-r16 SI-RequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond MSG-1 posSI-RequestConfigSUL-r16 SI-RequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL-MSG-1 ..., [[ posSI-RequestConfigRedCap-r17 SI-RequestConfig OPTIONAL -- Cond REDCAP-MSG-1 ]] } PosSchedulingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { offsetToSI-Used-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R posSI-Periodicity-r16 ENUMERATED {rf8, rf16, rf32, rf64, rf128, rf256, rf512}, posSI-BroadcastStatus-r16 ENUMERATED {broadcasting, notBroadcasting}, posSIB-MappingInfo-r16 PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16, ... } PosSIB-MappingInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSIB)) OF PosSIB-Type-r16 PosSIB-Type-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { encrypted-r16 ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL, -- Need R gnss-id-r16 GNSS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R sbas-id-r16 SBAS-ID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond GNSS-ID-SBAS posSibType-r16 ENUMERATED { posSibType1-1, posSibType1-2, posSibType1-3, posSibType1-4, posSibType1-5, posSibType1-6, posSibType1-7, posSibType1-8, posSibType2-1, posSibType2-2, posSibType2-3, posSibType2-4, posSibType2-5, posSibType2-6, posSibType2-7, posSibType2-8, posSibType2-9, posSibType2-10, posSibType2-11, posSibType2-12, posSibType2-13, posSibType2-14, posSibType2-15, posSibType2-16, posSibType2-17, posSibType2-18, posSibType2-19, posSibType2-20, posSibType2-21, posSibType2-22, posSibType2-23, posSibType3-1, posSibType4-1, posSibType5-1,posSibType6-1, posSibType6-2, posSibType6-3,... }, areaScope-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need S } GNSS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { gnss-id-r16 ENUMERATED{gps, sbas, qzss, galileo, glonass, bds, ..., navic-v1760}, ... } SBAS-ID-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { sbas-id-r16 ENUMERATED { waas, egnos, msas, gagan, ...}, ... } -- TAG-POSSI-SCHEDULINGINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–SIBpos
The IE SIBpos contains positioning assistance data as defined in TS 37.355 [49].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-SIPOS-START SIBpos-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
assistanceDataSIB-Element-r16Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING, lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, ... } -- TAG-SIPOS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
PosSI-SchedulingInfo field descriptions
areaScope
Indicates that a posSIB is area specific. If the field is absent, the posSIB is cell specific.
encrypted
The presence of this field indicates that the pos-sib-type is encrypted as specified in TS 37.355 [49].
gnss-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific GNSS. Indicates a specific GNSS (see also TS 37.355 [49])
posSI-BroadcastStatus
Indicates if the SI message is being broadcasted or not.Change of posSI-BroadcastStatus should not result in system information change notifications in Short Message transmitted with P-RNTI over DCI (see clause 6.5). The value of the indication is valid until the end of the BCCH modification period when set to broadcasting. If si-SchedulingInfo-v1700 is present, the network ensures that the total number of SI messages with posSI-BroadcastStatusand si-BroadcastStatusset to notBroadcasting in the concatenated list of SI messages configured by posSchedulingInfoList in posSI-SchedulingInfo and SI messages containing type2 SIB configured by schedulingInfoList2 in si-SchedulingInfo-v1700does not exceed the limit of maxSI-Message when posSI-RequestConfig or posSI-RequestConfigRedCap or posSI-RequestConfigSUL is configured.
posSI-RequestConfig
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfigRedCap
Configuration of Msg1 resources for initialUplinkBWP-RedCapthat the RedCap UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatusis set to notBroadcasting.
posSI-RequestConfigSUL
Configuration of Msg1 resources that the UE uses for requesting SI-messages for which posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting.
posSIB-MappingInfo
List of the posSIBs mapped to this SystemInformation message.
posSibType
The positioning SIB type is defined in TS 37.355 [49].
posSI-Periodicity
Periodicity of the SI-message in radio frames, such that rf8 denotes 8 radio frames, rf16 denotes 16 radio frames, and so on. If the offsetToSI-Used is configured, the posSI-Periodicity of rf8 cannot be used.
offsetToSI-Used
This field, if present indicates that all the SI messages in posSchedulingInfoList are scheduled with an offset of 8 radio frames compared to SI messages in schedulingInfoList. offsetToSI-Used may be present only if the shortest configured SI message periodicity for SI messages in schedulingInfoList is 80ms. If SI offset is used, this field is present in each of the SI messages in the posSchedulingInfoList.
sbas-id
The presence of this field indicates that the positioning SIB type is for a specific SBAS. Indicates a specific SBAS (see also TS 37.355 [49]).
Conditional presenceExplanation
GNSS-ID-SBAS
The field is mandatory present if gnss-id is set to sbas. It is absent otherwise.
MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcastingfor any SI-message included in posSchedulingInfoListorif si-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcastingfor anySI-message containing type2 SIB included inschedulingInfoList2. It is absent otherwise.
SUL-MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if supplementaryUplink is configured in ServingCellConfigCommonSIB, and if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for any SI-message included in posSchedulingInfoListor ifsi-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for anySI-message containing type2 SIB included inschedulingInfoList2. It is absent otherwise.
REDCAP-MSG-1
The field is optionally present, Need R, if initialUplinkBWP-RedCap is configured in UplinkConfigCommonSIB, and if posSI-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for any SI-message included in posSchedulingInfoListor ifsi-BroadcastStatus is set to notBroadcasting for anySI-message containing type2 SIB included inschedulingInfoList2. It is absent otherwise.
SIBpos field descriptions
assistanceDataSIB-Element
Parameter AssistanceDataSIBelement defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

6.3.2 Radio resource control information elements
–AdditionalSpectrumEmission
The IEs AdditionalSpectrumEmission and AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v1760 are used to indicate emission requirements to be fulfilled by the UE (see TS 38.101-1 [15], clause 6.2.3/6.2A.3, TS 38.101-2 [39], clause 6.2.3/6.2A.3, and TS 38.101-5 [75], clause 6.2.3). If an extension is signalled using the extended value range (as defined by the IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v1760), the corresponding original field, using the value range as defined by the IE AdditionalSpectrumEmission (without suffix) shall be set to value 7.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::= INTEGER (0..7) AdditionalSpectrumEmission-v1760 ::= INTEGER (8..39) -- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–Alpha
The IE Alpha defines possible values of a the pathloss compensation coefficient for uplink power control. Value alpha0 corresponds to the value 0, Value alpha04 corresponds to the value 0.4, Value alpha05 corresponds to the value 0.5 and so on. Value alpha1 corresponds to value 1. See also clause 7.1 of TS 38.213 [13].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ALPHA-START Alpha ::= ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} -- TAG-ALPHA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–AMF-Identifier
The IE AMF-Identifier (AMFI) comprises of an AMF Region ID,an AMF Set ID and an AMF Pointer as specified in TS 23.003 [21], clause 2.10.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-START AMF-Identifier ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (24)) -- TAG-AMF-IDENTIFIER-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueEUTRA
The IE ARFCN-ValueEUTRA is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) E-UTRA carrier frequency, as defined in TS 36.101 [22].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-START ARFCN-ValueEUTRA ::= INTEGER (0..maxEARFCN) -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUEEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueNR
The IE ARFCN-ValueNR is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink, uplink or bi-directional (TDD) NR global frequency raster, as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15], TS 38.101-2 [39] and TS 38.101-5 [75], clause 5.4.2.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-START ARFCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (0..maxNARFCN) -- TAG-ARFCN-VALUENR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD
The IE ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD is used to indicate the ARFCN applicable for a downlink (Nd, FDD) UTRA-FDD carrier frequency, as defined in TS 25.331 [45].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-START ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..16383) -- TAG-ARFCN-ValueUTRA-FDD-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell
The IE AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell is used to configure the AvailabilityCombinations applicable for a cell of the IAB DU (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14). Note that the IE AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex can only be configured up to 511.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-START AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { availabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16,
iab-DU-CellIdentity-r16The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
CellIdentity,
positionInDCI-AI-r16The (starting) position (bit) of the availabilityCombinationId for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload. If positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups is not configured, it applies to the availabilityCombinationId included in availabilityCombinations and in availabilityCombinationsRB-Groups. If positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups is configured, it applies to the availabilityCombinationId included in availabilityCombinations.
INTEGER(0..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-1-r16) OPTIONAL, -- Need M availabilityCombinations-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombination-r16, ..., [[ availabilityCombinationsRB-Groups-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[ positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups-v1720 INTEGER(0..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-1-r16) OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER(0..maxNrofDUCells-r16) AvailabilityCombination-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
availabilityCombinationId-r16This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.
AvailabilityCombinationId-r16,
resourceAvailability-r16Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3. If included in RB-SetGroup within AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17, it indicates the availability of soft resources for an RB set group. If included in AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 when the rb-SetGroups is not configured, it indicates the availability of soft resources in one or multiple slots for all RB sets of a DU cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofResourceAvailabilityPerCombination-r16)) OF INTEGER (0..7) } AvailabilityCombinationId-r16 ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofAvailabilityCombinationsPerSet-1-r16) AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
availabilityCombinationId-r17This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.
AvailabilityCombinationId-r16,
rb-SetGroups-r17Indicates the RB set groups configured for the availability combination. Each group includes consecutive RB sets.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRB-SetGroups-r17)) OF RB-SetGroup-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
resourceAvailability-r17Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3. If included in RB-SetGroup within AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17, it indicates the availability of soft resources for an RB set group. If included in AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 when the rb-SetGroups is not configured, it indicates the availability of soft resources in one or multiple slots for all RB sets of a DU cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofResourceAvailabilityPerCombination-r16)) OF INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Need R } RB-SetGroup-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
resourceAvailability-r17Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3. If included in RB-SetGroup within AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17, it indicates the availability of soft resources for an RB set group. If included in AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 when the rb-SetGroups is not configured, it indicates the availability of soft resources in one or multiple slots for all RB sets of a DU cell.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofResourceAvailabilityPerCombination-r16)) OF INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
rb-Sets-r17Indicates the one or more RB set indexes associated to one or more RB sets configured for one RB set group.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRB-Sets-r17)) OF INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-AVAILABILITYCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
AvailabilityCombination field descriptions
availabilityCombinationId
This ID is used in the DCI Format 2_5 payload to dynamically select this AvailabilityCombination, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14.
resourceAvailability
Indicates the resource availability of soft symbols for a set of consecutive slots in the time domain. The meaning of this fieldis described in TS 38.213 [13], Table 14.3. If included in RB-SetGroup within AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17, it indicates the availability of soft resources for an RB set group. If included in AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups-r17 when the rb-SetGroups is not configured, it indicates the availability of soft resources in one or multiple slots for all RB sets of a DU cell.
AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell field descriptions
iab-DU-CellIdentity
The ID of the IAB-DU cell for which the availabilityCombinations are applicable.
positionInDCI-AI
The (starting) position (bit) of the availabilityCombinationId for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload. If positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups is not configured, it applies to the availabilityCombinationId included in availabilityCombinations and in availabilityCombinationsRB-Groups. If positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups is configured, it applies to the availabilityCombinationId included in availabilityCombinations.
positionInDCI-AI-RBGroups
The (starting) position (bit) of the availabilityCombinationId associated to the availabilityCombinationsRB-Groups for the indicated IAB-DU cell (iab-DU-CellIdentity) within the DCI payload.
AvailabilityCombinationRB-Groups field descriptions
rb-SetGroups
Indicates the RB set groups configured for the availability combination. Each group includes consecutive RB sets.
rb-Sets
Indicates the one or more RB set indexes associated to one or more RB sets configured for one RB set group.

–AvailabilityIndicator
The IE AvailabilityIndicator is used to configure monitoring a PDCCH for Availability Indicators (AI).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-START AvailabilityIndicator-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
ai-RNTI-r16Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
AI-RNTI-r16,
dci-PayloadSizeAI-r16Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).
INTEGER (1..maxAI-DCI-PayloadSize-r16),
availableCombToAddModList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCell-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
availableCombToReleaseList-r16A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDUCells-r16)) OF AvailabilityCombinationsPerCellIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } AI-RNTI-r16 ::= RNTI-Value -- TAG-AVAILABILITYINDICATOR-STOP -- ASN1STOP
AvailabilityIndicator field descriptions
ai-RNTI
Used by an IAB-MT for detection of DCI format 2_5 indicating AvailabilityCombinationId for an IAB-DU's cells.
availableCombToAddModList
A list of availabilityCombinations to add for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
availableCombToReleaseList
A list of availabilityCombinations to release for the IAB-DU's cells. (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 14).
dci-PayloadSizeAI
Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with ai-RNTI (see TS 38.213 [13]).

–BAP-RoutingID
The IE BAP-RoutingID is used for IAB-node to configure the BAP Routing ID.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-START BAP-RoutingID-r16::= SEQUENCE{
bap-Address-r16The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
bap-PathId-r16The ID of a path used in the BAP header.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) } -- TAG-BAPROUTINGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BAP-RoutingID field descriptions
bap-Address
The ID of a destination IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU used in the BAP header.
bap-PathId
The ID of a path used in the BAP header.

–BeamFailureRecoveryConfig
The IE BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is used to configure the UE with RACH resources and candidate beams for beam failure recovery in case of beam failure detection. See also TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-START BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
rootSequenceIndex-BFRPRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
INTEGER (0..137) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rach-ConfigBFRConfiguration of random access parameters for BFR.
RACH-ConfigGeneric OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rsrp-ThresholdSSBL1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M candidateBeamRSList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ssb-perRACH-OccasionNumber of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, oneHalf, one, two, four, eight, sixteen} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndexExplicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
recoverySearchSpaceIdSearch space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R ra-Prioritization RA-Prioritization OPTIONAL, -- Need R
beamFailureRecoveryTimerTimer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms40, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms150, ms200} OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
msg1-SubcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2). Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep-r16Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
RA-Prioritization OPTIONAL, -- Need R candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 SetupRelease{ CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
spCell-BFR-CBRA-r16Indicates that UE is configured to send MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::= CHOICE {
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
BFR-SSB-Resource,
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
BFR-CSIRS-Resource } BFR-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
ssbThe ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
SSB-Index,
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
INTEGER (0..63), ... } BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
csi-RSThe ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
ra-OccasionListRA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots. If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ra-PreambleIndexThe preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
INTEGER (0..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } CandidateBeamRSListExt-r16::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofCandidateBeamsExt-r16)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BeamFailureRecoveryConfig field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryTimer
Timer for beam failure recovery timer. Upon expiration of the timer the UE does not use CFRA for BFR. Value in ms. Value ms10 corresponds to 10 ms, value ms20 corresponds to 20 ms, and so on.
candidateBeamRSList, candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610
Set of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery and the associated RA parameters. This set includes all elements of candidateBeamRSList (without suffix) and all elements of candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610.The UE maintains candidateBeamRSList and candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 separately: Receiving candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 set to release releases only the entries that were configured by candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610, and receiving candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 set to setup replaces only the entries that were configured by candidateBeamRSListExt-v1610 with the newly signalled entries. The network configures these reference signals to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided.
msg1-SubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing for contention free beam failure recovery (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.2). Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz
rsrp-ThresholdSSB
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free random access to recover from beam failure (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).
ra-prioritization
Parameters which apply for prioritized random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-PrioritizationTwoStep
Parameters which apply for prioritized 2-step random access procedure for BFR (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.1.1).
ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex
Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 38.321 [3]. The mask is valid for all SSB resources.
rach-ConfigBFR
Configuration of random access parameters for BFR.
recoverySearchSpaceId
Search space to use for BFR RAR. The network configures this search space to be within the linked DL BWP (i.e., within the DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) of the UL BWP in which the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig is provided. The CORESET associated with the recovery search space cannot be associated with another search space. Network always configures the UE with a value for this field when contention free random access resources for BFR are configured.
rootSequenceIndex-BFR
PRACH root sequence index (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 6.3.3.1) for beam failure recovery.
spCell-BFR-CBRA
Indicates that UE is configured to send MAC CE for SpCell BFR as specified in TS38.321 [3].
ssb-perRACH-Occasion
Number of SSBs per RACH occasion for CF-BFR, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.1.
BFR-CSIRS-Resource field descriptions
csi-RS
The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).
ra-OccasionList
RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.The network ensures that the RA occasion indexes provided herein are also configured by prach-ConfigurationIndex and msg1-FDM. Each RACH occasion is sequentially numbered, first, in increasing order of frequency resource indexes for frequency multiplexed PRACH occasions; second, in increasing order of time resource indexes for time multiplexed PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot and Third, in increasing order of indexes for PRACH slots. If the field is absent the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
ra-PreambleIndex
The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
BFR-SSB-Resource field descriptions
ra-PreambleIndex
The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
ssb
The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR).

–BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig
The IE BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig is used to configure the UE with candidate beams for beam failure recovery in case of beam failure detection. See also TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.17.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYRSCONFIG-START BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
rsrp-ThresholdBFR-r16L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE in MAC CE for BFR(see TS 38.321 [3] and TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M
candidateBeamRS-List-r16A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams-r16)) OF CandidateBeamRS-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
candidateBeamRS-List2-r17A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams-r16)) OF CandidateBeamRS-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- TAG-BEAMFAILURERECOVERYRSCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig field descriptions
candidateBeamRS-List
A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery. The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.
candidateBeamRS-List2
A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recovery.
rsrp-ThresholdBFR
L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be included by the UE in MAC CE for BFR(see TS 38.321 [3] and TS 38.213 [13], clause 6).The network always configures this parameter in every instance of this IE.

–BetaOffsets
The IE BetaOffsets is used to configure beta-offset values, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-START BetaOffsets ::= SEQUENCE {
betaOffsetACK-Index1Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetACK-Index2Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetACK-Index3Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need S } -- TAG-BETAOFFSETS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BetaOffsets field descriptions
betaOffsetACK-Index1
Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index2
Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetACK-Index3
Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1
Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.
betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2
Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3). When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13.

–BetaOffsetsCrossPri
The IE BetaOffsetsCrossPri is used to configure beta-offset values for cross-priority HARQ-ACK multiplexing on PUSCH.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BETAOFFSETSCROSSPRI-START BetaOffsetsCrossPri-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(3)) OF INTEGER(0..31) -- TAG-BETAOFFSETSCROSSPRI-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BH-LogicalChannelIdentity
The IE BH-LogicalChannelIdentity is used to identify a logical channel between an IAB-node and its parent IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-START BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 ::= CHOICE { bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 LogicalChannelIdentity, bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt-r16 BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 } -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext
The IE BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext is used to identify a logical channel between an IAB-node and its parent node.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-START BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-Ext-r16 ::= INTEGER (320.. maxLC-ID-Iab-r16) -- TAG-BHLOGICALCHANNELIDENTITYEXT-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BH-LogicalChannelIdentityfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
ID used for the MAC logical channel.
bh-LogicalChannelIdentityExt
ID used for the MAC logical channel.

–BH-RLC-ChannelConfig
The IE BH-RLC-ChannelConfig is used to configure an RLC entity, a corresponding logical channel in MAC for BH RLC channel between IAB-node and its parent node.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-START BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16::= SEQUENCE { bh-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 BH-LogicalChannelIdentity-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-SetupOnly bh-RLC-ChannelID-r16 BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16, reestablishRLC-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N rlc-Config-r16 RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup mac-LogicalChannelConfig-r16 LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup ... } -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BH-RLC-ChannelID
The IE BH-RLC-ChannelID is used to identify a BH RLC channel in the link between IAB-MT of the IAB-node and IAB-DU of the parent IAB-node or IAB-donor-DU.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-START BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) -- TAG-BHRLCCHANNELID-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BH-RLC-ChannelConfigfield descriptions
bh-LogicalChannelIdentity
Indicates the logical channel id for BH RLC channel of the IAB-node.
bh-RLC-ChannelID
Indicates the BH RLC channel in the link between IAB-MT of the IAB-node and IAB-DU of the parent IAB-nodeor IAB-donor-DU.
reestablishRLC
Indicates that RLC should be re-established.
rlc-Config
Determines the RLC mode (UM, AM) and provides corresponding parameters.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
LCH-Setup
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a new logical channel for a BH RLC channel. It is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.
LCH-SetupOnly
This field is mandatory present upon creation of a new logical channel for aBH RLC channel. It is absent, Need M otherwise.

–BSR-Config
The IE BSR-Config is used to configure buffer status reporting.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-START BSR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
periodicBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity },
retxBSR-TimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerValue in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } -- TAG-BSR-CONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BSR-Config field descriptions
logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes, sf40 corresponds to 40 subframes, and so on.
periodicBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf1 corresponds to 1 subframe, value sf5 corresponds to 5 subframes and so on.
retxBSR-Timer
Value in number of subframes. Value sf10 corresponds to 10 subframes, value sf20 corresponds to 20 subframes and so on.

–BWP
The IE BWP is used to configure generic parameters of a bandwidth part as defined in TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.5, and TS 38.213 [13], clause 12. For each serving cell the network configures at least an initial downlink bandwidth part and one (if the serving cell is configured with an uplink) or two (if using supplementary uplink (SUL)) initial uplink bandwidth parts. Furthermore, the network may configure additional uplink and downlink bandwidth parts for a serving cell. The uplink and downlink bandwidth part configurations are divided into common and dedicated parameters.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-START BWP ::= SEQUENCE {
locationAndBandwidthFrequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
INTEGER (0..37949),
subcarrierSpacingSubcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15, 30, or 60 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz For the initial DL BWP and operation in licensed spectrum this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell. For the initial DL BWP and operation with shared spectrum channel access, the value of this field corresponds to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP.
SubcarrierSpacing,
cyclicPrefixIndicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
ENUMERATED { extended } OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-BWP-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP field descriptions
cyclicPrefix
Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix. Normal CP is supported for all subcarrier spacings and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing. (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 4.2). Except for SUL, the network ensures the same cyclic prefix length is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell.
locationAndBandwidth
Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting =275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of this BWP and offsetToCarrier (configured in SCS-SpecificCarrier contained within FrequencyInfoDL / FrequencyInfoUL / FrequencyInfoUL-SIB / FrequencyInfoDL-SIB within ServingCellConfigCommon / ServingCellConfigCommonSIB) corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same center frequency (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 12)
subcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere. Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to TS 38.211 [16], table 4.2-1. The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, value kHz30 corresponds to µ=1, and so on. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15, 30, or 60 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120, 480, or 960 kHz For the initial DL BWP and operation in licensed spectrum this field has the same value as the field subCarrierSpacingCommon in MIB of the same serving cell. Except for SUL, the network ensures the same subcarrier spacing is used in active DL BWP and active UL BWP within a serving cell. For the initial DL BWP and operation with shared spectrum channel access, the value of this field corresponds to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP.

–BWP-Downlink
The IE BWP-Downlink is used to configure an additional downlink bandwidth part (not for the initial BWP).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-START BWP-Downlink ::= SEQUENCE {
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
BWP-Id, bwp-Common BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP bwp-Dedicated BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP ... } -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-Downlink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new DL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–BWP-DownlinkCommon
The IE BWP-DownlinkCommon is used to configure the common parameters of a downlink BWP. They are "cell specific" and the network ensures the necessary alignment with corresponding parameters of other UEs. The common parameters of the initial bandwidth part of the PCell are also provided via system information. For all other serving cells, the network provides the common parameters via dedicated signalling.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-START BWP-DownlinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE { genericParameters BWP,
pdcch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pdsch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-DownlinkCommon field descriptions
pdcch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDCCH of this BWP. This field is absent for a dormant BWP.
pdsch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PDSCH of this BWP.

–BWP-DownlinkDedicated
The IE BWP-DownlinkDedicated is used to configure the dedicated (UE specific) parameters of a downlink BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-START BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
pdcch-ConfigUE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pdsch-ConfigUE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sps-ConfigUE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList. Network does not configure SPS in one BWP using this field and sps-ConfigMulticastToAddModList-r17 simultaneously.
SetupRelease { SPS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
radioLinkMonitoringConfigUE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
sps-ConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sps-ConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig-r16Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery on SCells.
SetupRelease {BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellOnly
sl-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication/discovery.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication.
SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
preConfGapStatus-r17Indicates whether the pre-configured measurement gaps (i.e. the gaps configured with preConfigInd) are activated or deactivated upon the switch to this BWP. If this field is configured, the UE shall apply network-controlled mechanism for activation and deactivation of the pre-configured measurement gaps, otherwise the UE shall apply the autonomous activation/deactivation mechanism, as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the measurement gap with gap ID 1, the second bit corresponds to measurement gap with gap ID 2, and so on. Value 0 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is deactivated while value 1 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is activated. The UE shall ignore the bit if the corresponding measurement gap is not a pre-configured measurement gap.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxNrofGapId-r17)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PreConfigMG
beamFailureRecoverySpCellConfig-r17Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery on the SpCell.This field can only be configured when beamFailure-r17 is configured in RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig-r16} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SpCellOnly
harq-FeedbackEnablingforSPSactive-r17If enabled, UE reports ACK/NACK for the first SPS PDSCH after activation, regardless of if HARQ feedback is enabled or disabled corresponding to the first SPS PDSCH after activation. Otherwise, UE follows configuration of HARQ feedback enabled/disabled corresponding to the first SPS PDSCH after activation.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cfr-ConfigMulticast-r17UE specific common frequency resource configuration for MBS multicast for one dedicated BWP. This field can be configured within at most one serving cell.
SetupRelease { CFR-ConfigMulticast-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
dl-PPW-PreConfigToAddModList-r17Indicates a list of DL-PRS processing window configurations to be added or modified for the dedicated DL BWP.
DL-PPW-PreConfigToAddModList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
dl-PPW-PreConfigToReleaseList-r17Indicates a list of DL-PRS processing window configurations to be released for the dedicated DL BWP.
DL-PPW-PreConfigToReleaseList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
nonCellDefiningSSB-r17If configured, the RedCap UE operating in this BWP uses this SSB for the purposes for which it would otherwise have used the CD-SSB of the serving cell (e.g. obtaining sync, measurements, RLM). Furthermore, other parts of the BWP configuration that refer to an SSB (e.g. the "SSB" configured in the QCL-Info IE; the "ssb-Index" configured in the RadioLinkMonitoringRS; CFRA-SSB-Resource; PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR) refer implicitily to this NCD-SSB. The NCD-SSB has the same values for the properties (e.g., ssb-PositionsInBurst, PCI, ssb-PBCH-BlockPower) of the corresponding CD-SSB apart from the values of the properties configured in the NonCellDefiningSSB-r17 IE.
NonCellDefiningSSB-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
servingCellMO-r17measObjectId of the MeasObjectNR in MeasConfig which is associated to the serving cell. For this MeasObjectNR, the following relationship applies between this MeasObjectNR and nonCellDefiningSSB in BWP-DownlinkDedicated of the associated downlink BWP: if ssbFrequency is configured, its value is the same as the absoluteFrequencySSB in the nonCellDefiningSSB. If the field is present in a downlink BWP and the BWP is activated, the RedCap UE uses this measurement object for serving cell measurements (e.g., including those used in measurement report triggering events), otherwise, the RedCap UE uses the servingCellMO in ServingCellConfig IE.
MeasObjectId OPTIONAL -- Cond MeasObject-NCD-SSB ]] } SPS-ConfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-Config SPS-ConfigToReleaseList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-Config-r16)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 SPS-ConfigDeactivationStateList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSPS-DeactivationState)) OF SPS-ConfigDeactivationState-r16 DL-PPW-PreConfigToAddModList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPPW-Config-r17)) OF DL-PPW-PreConfig-r17 DL-PPW-PreConfigToReleaseList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPPW-Config-r17)) OF DL-PPW-ID-r17 -- TAG-BWP-DOWNLINKDEDICATED-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-DownlinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoverySCellConfig
Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery on SCells.
beamFailureRecoverySpCellConfig
Configuration of candidate RS for beam failure recovery on the SpCell.This field can only be configured when beamFailure-r17 is configured in RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
cfr-ConfigMulticast
UE specific common frequency resource configuration for MBS multicast for one dedicated BWP. This field can be configured within at most one serving cell.
dl-PPW-PreConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of DL-PRS processing window configurations to be added or modified for the dedicated DL BWP.
dl-PPW-PreConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of DL-PRS processing window configurations to be released for the dedicated DL BWP.
harq-FeedbackEnablingforSPSactive
If enabled, UE reports ACK/NACK for the first SPS PDSCH after activation, regardless of if HARQ feedback is enabled or disabled corresponding to the first SPS PDSCH after activation. Otherwise, UE follows configuration of HARQ feedback enabled/disabled corresponding to the first SPS PDSCH after activation.
nonCellDefiningSSB
If configured, the RedCap UE operating in this BWP uses this SSB for the purposes for which it would otherwise have used the CD-SSB of the serving cell (e.g. obtaining sync, measurements, RLM). Furthermore, other parts of the BWP configuration that refer to an SSB (e.g. the "SSB" configured in the QCL-Info IE; the "ssb-Index" configured in the RadioLinkMonitoringRS; CFRA-SSB-Resource; PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR) refer implicitily to this NCD-SSB. The NCD-SSB has the same values for the properties (e.g., ssb-PositionsInBurst, PCI, ssb-PBCH-BlockPower) of the corresponding CD-SSB apart from the values of the properties configured in the NonCellDefiningSSB-r17 IE.
pdcch-Config
UE specific PDCCH configuration for one BWP.
pdsch-Config
UE specific PDSCH configuration for one BWP.
preConfGapStatus
Indicates whether the pre-configured measurement gaps (i.e. the gaps configured with preConfigInd) are activated or deactivated upon the switch to this BWP. If this field is configured, the UE shall apply network-controlled mechanism for activation and deactivation of the pre-configured measurement gaps, otherwise the UE shall apply the autonomous activation/deactivation mechanism, as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the measurement gap with gap ID 1, the second bit corresponds to measurement gap with gap ID 2, and so on. Value 0 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is deactivated while value 1 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is activated. The UE shall ignore the bit if the corresponding measurement gap is not a pre-configured measurement gap.
servingCellMO
measObjectId of the MeasObjectNR in MeasConfig which is associated to the serving cell. For this MeasObjectNR, the following relationship applies between this MeasObjectNR and nonCellDefiningSSB in BWP-DownlinkDedicated of the associated downlink BWP: if ssbFrequency is configured, its value is the same as the absoluteFrequencySSB in the nonCellDefiningSSB. If the field is present in a downlink BWP and the BWP is activated, the RedCap UE uses this measurement object for serving cell measurements (e.g., including those used in measurement report triggering events), otherwise, the RedCap UE uses the servingCellMO in ServingCellConfig IE.
sps-Config
UE specific SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) configuration for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure sps-Config when there is an active configured downlink assignment (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the sps-Config at any time. Network can only configure SPS in one BWP using either this field or sps-ConfigToAddModList. Network does not configure SPS in one BWP using this field and sps-ConfigMulticastToAddModList-r17 simultaneously.
sps-ConfigDeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple SPS configurations to be deactivated, see clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13]. If a state is mapped to multiple SPS configurations, each of these SPS configurations is configured with the same harq-CodebookID.
sps-ConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be added or modified in one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a SPS configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]).
sps-ConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
radioLinkMonitoringConfig
UE specific configuration of radio link monitoring for detecting cell- and beam radio link failure occasions.The maximum number of failure detection resources should be limited up to 8 for both cell and beam radio link failure detection. For SCells, only periodic 1-port CSI-RS can be configured in IE RadioLinkMonitoringConfig.
sl-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving the SL grants (via SL-RNTI or SL-CS-RNTI) for NR sidelink communication/discovery.
sl-V2X-PDCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PDCCH configurations for receiving SL grants (i.e. sidelink SPS) for V2X sidelink communication.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
MeasObject-NCD-SSB
This field is optionally present Need S if the UE is a RedCap UE and nonCellDefiningSSB is configured in this DL BWP. It is absent otherwise.
PreConfigMG
The field is optionally present, Need R, if there is at least one per UE gap configured with preConfigInd or there is at least one per FR gap of the same FR which the BWP belongs to and configured with preConfigInd. It is absent, Need R, otherwise.
ScellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated of an Scell. It is absent otherwise.
SpCellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-DownlinkDedicated of an Spcell. It is absent otherwise.

–BWP-Id
The IE BWP-Id is used to refer to Bandwidth Parts (BWP). The initial BWP (including RedCap-specific initial BWP,if configured) is referred to by BWP-Id 0. The other BWPs are referred to by BWP-Id 1 to maxNrofBWPs.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-ID-START BWP-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs) -- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–BWP-Uplink
The IE BWP-Uplink is used to configure an additional uplink bandwidth part (not for the initial BWP).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-START BWP-Uplink ::= SEQUENCE {
bwp-IdAn identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
BWP-Id, bwp-Common BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP bwp-Dedicated BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOtherBWP ... } -- TAG-BWP-UPLINK-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-Uplink field descriptions
bwp-Id
An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular bandwidth part. The network configures the BWPs with consecutive IDs from 1. The Network does not include the value 0, since value 0 is reserved for the initial BWP.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
SetupOtherBWP
The field is mandatory present upon configuration of a new UL BWP. The field is optionally present, Need M, otherwise.

–BWP-UplinkCommon
The IE BWP-UplinkCommon is used to configure the common parameters of an uplink BWP. They are "cell specific" and the network ensures the necessary alignment with corresponding parameters of other UEs. The common parameters of the initial bandwidth part of the PCell are also provided via system information. For all other serving cells, the network provides the common parameters via dedicated signalling.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-START BWP-UplinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE { genericParameters BWP,
rach-ConfigCommonConfiguration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). For RedCap-specific initial uplink BWP, rach-ConfigCommonis always configured when msgA-ConfigCommon is configured in this BWP.
SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pusch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pucch-ConfigCommonCell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
rach-ConfigCommonIAB-r16Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see TS 38.213 [13] clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
msgA-ConfigCommon-r16Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP.
SetupRelease { MsgA-ConfigCommon-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Cond SpCellOnly2 ]], [[
enableRA-PrioritizationForSlicing-r17Indicates whether or not the ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep should override the ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity. The field is applicable only when the UE is configured by upper layers with both NSAG and Access Identity 1 or 2. If value TRUE is configured, the UE should only apply the ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep. If value FALSE is configured, the UE should only apply ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity. If the field is absent, whether to use ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep or ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity is up to UE implementation.
BOOLEAN OPTIONAL, -- Cond RA-PrioSliceAI
additionalRACH-ConfigList-r17List of feature or feature combination-specific RACH configurations, i.e. the RACH configurations configured in addition to the one configured by rach-ConfigCommon and by msgA-ConfigCommon. The network associates all possible preambles of an additional RACH configuration to one or more feature(s) or feature combination(s). The network does not configure this list to have more than 16 entries.If both rach-ConfigCommon and msgA-ConfigCommon are configured for a specific FeatureCombination, the network always provides them in the same additionalRACH-Config.
SetupRelease { AdditionalRACH-ConfigList-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Cond SpCellOnly2
rsrp-ThresholdMsg3-r17Threshold used by the UE for determining whether to select resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The field is mandatory if both set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication and set(s) of Random Access resources without MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP. It is absent otherwise.
RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
numberOfMsg3-RepetitionsList-r17The number of repetitions for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant and DCI format 0_0 with CRC scrambled by TC-RNTI. This field is only applicable when the UE selects Random Access resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP. If this field is absent when the set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP-UplinkCommon, the UE shall apply the values {n1, n2, n3, n4} (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF NumberOfMsg3-Repetitions-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Cond Msg3Rep
mcs-Msg3-Repetitions-r17Configuration of eight candidate MCS indexes for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant and DCI format 0_0 with CRC scrambled by TC-RNTI. Only the first 4 configured or default MCS indexes are used for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant. This field is only applicable when the UE selects Random Access resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP. If this field is absent when the set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP-UplinkCommon, the UE shall apply the values {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.4).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL -- Cond Msg3Rep ]] } AdditionalRACH-ConfigList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxAdditionalRACH-r17)) OF AdditionalRACH-Config-r17 AdditionalRACH-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
rach-ConfigCommon-r17Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). For RedCap-specific initial uplink BWP, rach-ConfigCommonis always configured when msgA-ConfigCommon is configured in this BWP.
RACH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need R
msgA-ConfigCommon-r17Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP.
MsgA-ConfigCommon-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R ... } NumberOfMsg3-Repetitions-r17::= ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n7, n8, n12, n16} -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKCOMMON-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-UplinkCommon field descriptions
additionalRACH-ConfigList
List of feature or feature combination-specific RACH configurations, i.e. the RACH configurations configured in addition to the one configured by rach-ConfigCommon and by msgA-ConfigCommon. The network associates all possible preambles of an additional RACH configuration to one or more feature(s) or feature combination(s). The network does not configure this list to have more than 16 entries.If both rach-ConfigCommon and msgA-ConfigCommon are configured for a specific FeatureCombination, the network always provides them in the same additionalRACH-Config.
enableRA-PrioritizationForSlicing
Indicates whether or not the ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep should override the ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity. The field is applicable only when the UE is configured by upper layers with both NSAG and Access Identity 1 or 2. If value TRUE is configured, the UE should only apply the ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep. If value FALSE is configured, the UE should only apply ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity. If the field is absent, whether to use ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStep or ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity is up to UE implementation.
mcs-Msg3-Repetitions
Configuration of eight candidate MCS indexes for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant and DCI format 0_0 with CRC scrambled by TC-RNTI. Only the first 4 configured or default MCS indexes are used for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant. This field is only applicable when the UE selects Random Access resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP. If this field is absent when the set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP-UplinkCommon, the UE shall apply the values {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7} (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.4).
msgA-ConfigCommon
Configuration of the cell specific PRACH and PUSCH resource parameters for transmission of MsgA in 2-step random access type procedure. The NW can configuremsgA-ConfigCommononly for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP.
numberOfMsg3-RepetitionsList
The number of repetitions for PUSCH transmission scheduled by RAR UL grant and DCI format 0_0 with CRC scrambled by TC-RNTI. This field is only applicable when the UE selects Random Access resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP. If this field is absent when the set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP-UplinkCommon, the UE shall apply the values {n1, n2, n3, n4} (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.1).
pucch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH of this BWP.
pusch-ConfigCommon
Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH of this BWP.
rach-ConfigCommon
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access as well as for contention based beam failure recovery in this BWP. The NW configures SSB-based RA (and hence RACH-ConfigCommon) only for UL BWPs if the linked DL BWPs (same bwp-Id as UL-BWP) are the initial DL BWPs or DL BWPs containing the SSB associated to the initial DL BWP or for RedCap UEs DL BWPs associated with nonCellDefiningSSB or the RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP. The network configures rach-ConfigCommon, whenever it configures contention free random access (for reconfiguration with sync or for beam failure recovery). For RedCap-specific initial uplink BWP, rach-ConfigCommonis always configured when msgA-ConfigCommon is configured in this BWP.
rach-ConfigCommonIAB
Configuration of cell specific random access parameters for the IAB-MT. The IAB specific IAB RACH configuration is used by IAB-MT, if configured.
rsrp-ThresholdMsg3
Threshold used by the UE for determining whether to select resources indicating Msg3 repetition in this BWP, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The field is mandatory if both set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication and set(s) of Random Access resources without MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP. It is absent otherwise.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for cell-specific PUSCH, e.g., PUSCH scheduled by RAR UL grant (see TS 38.213 [13] clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0 and 1 for cell-specific PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
Msg3Rep
This field is optionally present, Need S, if the set(s) of Random Access resources with MSG3 repetition indication are configured in the BWP-UplinkCommon. It is absent otherwise.
RA-PrioSliceAI
The field is optionally present in SIB1, Need R, if both parameters ra-PrioritizationForAccessIdentity and the ra-PrioritizationForSlicing/ra-PrioritizationForSlicingTwoStepare present in SIB1. It is absent otherwise.
SpCellOnly2
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkCommon of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise.

–BWP-UplinkDedicated
The IE BWP-UplinkDedicated is used to configure the dedicated (UE specific) parameters of an uplink BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-START BWP-UplinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
pucch-ConfigPUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).If PUCCH cell switching is supported by the UE, the network may configure two TDD serving cells with PUCCH-Config within each PUCCH group.For supporting PUCCH cell switching in the PUCCH group with the SpCell, the TDD SpCell and one TDD SCell shall have PUCCH-Config on their normal UL.For supporting PUCCH cell switching in the PUCCH group with only SCells, two TDD SCells shall have PUCCH-Config on their normal UL. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2. The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed. If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pusch-ConfigPUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigA Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
srs-ConfigUplink sounding reference signal configuration.
SetupRelease { SRS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
beamFailureRecoveryConfigConfiguration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Cond SpCellOnly ..., [[
sl-PUCCH-Config-r16Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M cp-ExtensionC2-r16 INTEGER (1..28) OPTIONAL, -- Need R cp-ExtensionC3-r16 INTEGER (1..28) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH-r16If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
pucch-ConfigurationList-r16PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigurationList-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
SetupRelease { LBT-FailureRecoveryConfig-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]). The network configures multiple CG configurations for one BWP with either all configurations or no configuration configured with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16.
ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
ul-TCI-StateList-r17Indicates the applicable UL TCI states for PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS.
CHOICE { explicitlist SEQUENCE {
ul-TCI-ToAddModList-r17Indicates a list of UL TCI states.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUL-TCI-r17)) OF TCI-UL-State-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ul-TCI-ToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUL-TCI-r17)) OF TCI-UL-StateId-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N },
unifiedTCI-StateRef-r17Provides the serving cell and UL BWP where UL TCI states applicable to this UL BWP are defined. The value of unifiedTCI-StateTypeof current serving cell is the same in the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef.
ServingCellAndBWP-Id-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
ul-powerControl-r17Configures power control parameters for PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS when UE is configured with unifiedTCI-StateTypefor this serving cell.For each serving cell, ul-powerControl is either configured in all BWP-UplinkDedicated or it is not configured in any BWP-UplinkDedicated. When unifiedTCI-StateRef in the BWP-UplinkDedicatedorin the PDSCH-Config if the unifiedTCI-StateType is set to joint,of a serving cell refers to another serving cell, ul-powerControl is either configured in all BWP-UplinkDedicated of these two serving cells or it is not configured in any BWP-UplinkDedicated of these two serving cells.
Uplink-powerControlId-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoTCI-PC
pucch-ConfigurationListMulticast1-r17PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks for MBS multicast (see TS 38.213, clause 9).
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigurationList-r16 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pucch-ConfigurationListMulticast2-r17PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed NACK-only feedback for MBS multicast (see TS 38.213, clause 9).
SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigurationList-r16 } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
pucch-ConfigMulticast1-r17PUCCH configuration for the HARQ-ACK codebook for MBS multicast when multicast feedback is not configured with a priority value (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9). If the field is not configured, pucch-Config applies.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pucch-ConfigMulticast2-r17PUCCH configuration for the NACK-only feedback for MBS multicast when multicast feedback is not configured with a priority value (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9). If the field is not configured, pucch-Config applies.
SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList-r17A list of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SS block) to be used for path loss estimationfor PUSCH, PUCCH and SRS for unified TCI state operation. If unifiedTCI-StateType is not configured for the serving cell, no element in this list is configured.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPathlossReferenceRSs-r17)) OF PathlossReferenceRS-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N pathlossReferenceRSToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPathlossReferenceRSs-r17)) OF PathlossReferenceRS-Id-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N ]] } ConfiguredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfig ConfiguredGrantConfigToReleaseList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-r16)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCG-Type2DeactivationState)) OF ConfiguredGrantConfigType2DeactivationState-r16 -- TAG-BWP-UPLINKDEDICATED-STOP -- ASN1STOP
BWP-UplinkDedicated field descriptions
beamFailureRecoveryConfig
Configuration of beam failure recovery. If supplementaryUplink is present, the field is present only in one of the uplink carriers, either UL or SUL.
configuredGrantConfig
A Configured-Grant of type1 or type2. It may be configured for UL or SUL but in case of type1 not for both at a time. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure configuredGrantConfigwhen there is an active configured uplink grant Type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3]). However, the NW may release the configuredGrantConfigat any time.Network can only configure configured grant in one BWP using either this field or configuredGrantConfigToAddModList.
configuredGrantConfigToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more configured grant configurations to be added or modified for one BWP. Except for reconfiguration with sync, the NW does not reconfigure a Type 2 configured grant configuration when it is active (see TS 38.321 [3]). The network configures multiple CG configurations for one BWP with either all configurations or no configuration configured with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16.
configuredGrantConfigToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more UL Configured Grant configurations to be released. The NW may release a configured grant configuration at any time.
configuredGrantConfigType2DeactivationStateList
Indicates a list of the deactivation states in which each state can be mapped to a single or multiple Configured Grant type 2 configurations to be deactivated when the corresponding deactivation DCI is received, see clause 7.3.1 in TS 38.212 [17] and clause 10.2 in TS 38.213 [13].
cp-ExtensionC2, cp-ExtensionC3
Configures the cyclic prefix (CP) extension (see TS 38.211 [16], clause 5.3.1). For 15 kHz SCS, {1..28} are validfor both cp-ExtensionC2 and cp-ExtensionC3. For 30 kHz SCS, {1..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC2 and {2..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.For 60 kHz SCS, {2..28} are validfor cp-ExtensionC2 and {3..28} are valid for cp-ExtensionC3.
lbt-FailureRecoveryConfig
Configures parameters used for detection of consistent uplink LBT failures for operationwith shared spectrum channel access, as specified in TS 38.321 [3].
pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList
A list of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SS block) to be used for path loss estimationfor PUSCH, PUCCH and SRS for unified TCI state operation. If unifiedTCI-StateType is not configured for the serving cell, no element in this list is configured.
pucch-Config
PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (normal UL or SUL). The network configures PUCCH-Config at least on non-initial BWP(s) for SpCell and on all BWP(s) for PUCCH SCell. If supported by the UE, the network may configure at most one additional SCell of a cell group with PUCCH-Config (i.e. PUCCH SCell).If PUCCH cell switching is supported by the UE, the network may configure two TDD serving cells with PUCCH-Config within each PUCCH group.For supporting PUCCH cell switching in the PUCCH group with the SpCell, the TDD SpCell and one TDD SCell shall have PUCCH-Config on their normal UL.For supporting PUCCH cell switching in the PUCCH group with only SCells, two TDD SCells shall have PUCCH-Config on their normal UL. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, the NW configures at most one serving cell per frequency range with PUCCH. In (NG)EN-DC and NE-DC, if two PUCCH groups are configured, the serving cells of the NR PUCCH group in FR2 use the same numerology. For NR-DC, the maximum number of PUCCH groups in each cell group is one, and only the same numerology is supported for the cell group with carriers only in FR2. The NW may configure PUCCH for a BWP when setting up the BWP. The network may also add/remove the pucch-Config in an RRCReconfiguration with reconfigurationWithSync (for SpCell or PUCCH SCell) or with SCell release and add (for PUCCH SCell) to move the PUCCH between the UL and SUL carrier of one serving cell. In other cases, only modifications of a previously configured pucch-Config are allowed. If one (S)UL BWP of a serving cell is configured with PUCCH, all other (S)UL BWPs must be configured with PUCCH, too.
pucch-ConfigurationList
PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.1). Different PUCCH Resource IDs are configured in different PUCCH-Config within the pucch-ConfigurationList if configured.
pucch-ConfigurationListMulticast1
PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed HARQ-ACK codebooks for MBS multicast (see TS 38.213, clause 9).
pucch-ConfigurationListMulticast2
PUCCH configurations for two simultaneously constructed NACK-only feedback for MBS multicast (see TS 38.213, clause 9).
pusch-Config
PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the normal UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, an UL/SUL indicator field in DCI indicates which of the two to use. See TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.
pucch-ConfigMulticast1
PUCCH configuration for the HARQ-ACK codebook for MBS multicast when multicast feedback is not configured with a priority value (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9). If the field is not configured, pucch-Config applies.
pucch-ConfigMulticast2
PUCCH configuration for the NACK-only feedback for MBS multicast when multicast feedback is not configured with a priority value (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9). If the field is not configured, pucch-Config applies.
sl-PUCCH-Config
Indicates the UE specific PUCCH configurations used for the HARQ-ACK feedback reporting for NR sidelink communication.
srs-Config
Uplink sounding reference signal configuration.
ul-powerControl
Configures power control parameters for PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS when UE is configured with unifiedTCI-StateTypefor this serving cell.For each serving cell, ul-powerControl is either configured in all BWP-UplinkDedicated or it is not configured in any BWP-UplinkDedicated. When unifiedTCI-StateRef in the BWP-UplinkDedicatedorin the PDSCH-Config if the unifiedTCI-StateType is set to joint,of a serving cell refers to another serving cell, ul-powerControl is either configured in all BWP-UplinkDedicated of these two serving cells or it is not configured in any BWP-UplinkDedicated of these two serving cells.
ul-TCI-StateList
Indicates the applicable UL TCI states for PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS.
ul-TCI-ToAddModList
Indicates a list of UL TCI states.
unifiedTCI-StateRef
Provides the serving cell and UL BWP where UL TCI states applicable to this UL BWP are defined. The value of unifiedTCI-StateTypeof current serving cell is the same in the serving cell indicated by unifiedTCI-StateRef.
useInterlacePUCCH-PUSCH
If the field is present, the UE uses uplink frequency domain resource allocation Type 2 for PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 8.3 and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.2) and uses interlaced PUCCH Format 0, 1, 2, and 3 for PUCCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.2.1).
Conditional PresenceExplanation
NoTCI-PC
The field is optionally present, Need R, if unifiedTCI-StateType is configured for this serving cell and ul-powerControl is not configured for any UL TCI state or joint TCI state of this serving cell. Otherwise it is absent, Need R
SpCellOnly
The field is optionally present, Need M, in the BWP-UplinkDedicated of an SpCell. It is absent otherwise.

–CandidateBeamRS
The IE CandidateBeamRS inlcudes candidate beams for beam failure recovery in case of beam failure detection. See also TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.17.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CANDIDATEBEAMRS-START CandidateBeamRS-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
candidateBeamConfig-r16Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
CHOICE { ssb-r16 SSB-Index, csi-RS-r16 NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId },
servingCellIdIf the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig is configured.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-CANDIDATEBEAMRS-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CandidateBeamRS field descriptions
candidateBeamConfig
Indicates the resource (i.e. SSB or CSI-RS) defining this beam resource.
servingCellId
If the field is absent, the RS belongs to the serving cell in which BeamFailureRecoveryRSConfig is configured.

–CellAccessRelatedInfo
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo indicates cell access related information for this cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-START CellAccessRelatedInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-IdentityInfoListThe plmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.
PLMN-IdentityInfoList,
cellReservedForOtherUseIndicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[
cellReservedForFutureUse-r16Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
npn-IdentityInfoList-r16The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. A PNI-NPN and SNPN can be included only once, and in only one entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12 and the cellIdentity of the first entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList is set to the same value as the cellIdentity-r16 of the first entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of npn-Identitylist within that NPN-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where - B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0; - c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - e(i) is - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s); - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
snpn-AccessInfoList-r17This list provides access related information for each SNPN in npn-IdentityInfoList, see TS 23.501 [32]. The n-th entry of the list contains the access related information of the n-th SNPN in npn-IdentityInfoList.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNPN-r16)) OF SNPN-AccessInfo-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } SNPN-AccessInfo-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
extCH-Supported-r17Indicates whether the SNPN supports access using credentials from a Credentials Holder as specified in TS 23.501 [32].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
extCH-WithoutConfigAllowed-r17Indicates whether the SNPN allows registration attempts with credentials from a Credentials Holder from UEs that are not explicitly configured to select the SNPN as specified in TS 23.501 [32].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
onboardingEnabled-r17Indicates whether the onboarding SNPN allows registration for onboarding in the cell as specified in TS 23.501 [32].
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
imsEmergencySupportForSNPN-r17Indicates whether the SNPN supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode in the cell. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the SNPN in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R } -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CellAccessRelatedInfo field descriptions
cellReservedForFutureUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20] for future use. The field is applicable to all PLMNs and NPNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT.
cellReservedForOtherUse
Indicates whether the cell is reserved, as defined in 38.304 [20]. The field is applicable to all PLMNs.This field is ignored by IAB-MT for cell barring determination, but still considered by NPN capable IAB-MT for determination of an NPN-only cell.
npn-IdentityInfoList
The npn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of NPN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more NPN Identities and additional information associated with those NPNs. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn -IdentityList), PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID), and SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID) together in the PLMN-IdentityInfoList and NPN-IdentityInfoList does not exceed 12, except for the NPN-only cells. A PNI-NPN and SNPN can be included only once, and in only one entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. In case of NPN-only cells the PLMN-IdentityList contains a single element that does not count to the limit of 12 and the cellIdentity of the first entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList is set to the same value as the cellIdentity-r16 of the first entry of the NPN-IdentityInfoList. The NPN index is defined as B+c1+c2+…+c(n-1)+d1+d2+…+d(m-1)+e(i) for the NPN identity included in the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList and in the m-th entry of npn-Identitylist within that NPN-IdentityInfoList entry, and the i-th entry of its corresponding NPN-Identity, where - B is the index used for the last PLMN in the PLMN-IdentittyInfoList; in NPN-only cells B is considered 0; - c(j) is the number of NPN index values used in the j-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - d(k) is the number of NPN index values used in the k-th npn-IdentityList entry within the n-th NPN-IdentityInfoList entry; - e(i) is - i if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for SNPN(s); - 1 if the n-th entry of NPN-IdentityInfoList entry is for PNI-NPN(s).
plmn-IdentityInfoList
The plmn-IdentityInfoList is used to configure a set of PLMN-IdentityInfo elements. Each of those elements contains a list of one or more PLMN Identities and additional information associated with those PLMNs. A PLMN-identity can be included only once, and in only one entry of the PLMN-IdentityInfoList. The PLMN index is defined as b1+b2+…+b(n-1)+i for the PLMN included at the n-th entry of PLMN-IdentityInfoList and the i-th entry of its corresponding PLMN-IdentityInfo, where b(j) is the number of PLMN-Identity entries in each PLMN-IdentityInfo, respectively.
snpn-AccessInfoList
This list provides access related information for each SNPN in npn-IdentityInfoList, see TS 23.501 [32]. The n-th entry of the list contains the access related information of the n-th SNPN in npn-IdentityInfoList.
SNPN-AccessInfo field descriptions
extCH-Supported
Indicates whether the SNPN supports access using credentials from a Credentials Holder as specified in TS 23.501 [32].
extCH-WithoutConfigAllowed
Indicates whether the SNPN allows registration attempts with credentials from a Credentials Holder from UEs that are not explicitly configured to select the SNPN as specified in TS 23.501 [32].
imsEmergencySupportForSNPN
Indicates whether the SNPN supports IMS emergency bearer services for UEs in limited service mode in the cell. If absent, IMS emergency call is not supported by the SNPN in the cell for UEs in limited service mode.
onboardingEnabled
Indicates whether the onboarding SNPN allows registration for onboarding in the cell as specified in TS 23.501 [32].

–CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC indicates cell access related information for an LTE cell connected to 5GC.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-START CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityList-eutra-5gc PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc TrackingAreaCode, ranac-5gc RAN-AreaCode OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-5gc CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC } PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-5GC::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC PLMN-Identity-EUTRA-5GC ::= CHOICE { plmn-Identity-EUTRA-5GC PLMN-Identity, plmn-index INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) } CellIdentity-EUTRA-5GC ::= CHOICE { cellIdentity-EUTRA BIT STRING (SIZE (28)), cellId-index INTEGER (1..maxPLMN) } -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-5GC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC
The IE CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC indicates cell access related information for an LTE cell connected to EPC.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-START CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityList-eutra-epc PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC, trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), cellIdentity-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) } PLMN-IdentityList-EUTRA-EPC::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF PLMN-Identity -- TAG-CELLACCESSRELATEDINFOEUTRA-EPC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellGroupConfig
The CellGroupConfig IE is used to configure a master cell group (MCG) or secondary cell group (SCG). A cell group comprises of one MAC entity, a set of logical channels with associated RLC entities and of a primary cell (SpCell) and one or more secondary cells (SCells).
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-START -- Configuration of one Cell-Group: CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE { cellGroupId CellGroupId,
rlc-BearerToAddModListConfiguration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-BearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N rlc-BearerToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL, -- Need N
mac-CellGroupConfigMAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
MAC-CellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M physicalCellGroupConfig PhysicalCellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
spCellConfigParameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG).
SpCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sCellToAddModListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sCellToReleaseListList of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N ..., [[
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentEnables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Cond BWP-Reconfig ]], [[
bap-Address-r16BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList-r16Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelConfig-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList-r16List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxBH-RLC-ChannelID-r16)) OF BH-RLC-ChannelID-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
f1c-TransferPath-r16The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
ENUMERATED {lte, nr, both} OPTIONAL, -- Need M simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2-r16 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
uplinkTxSwitchingOption-r16Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
ENUMERATED {switchedUL, dualUL} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting-r16Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier-r16Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[
f1c-TransferPathNRDC-r17The F1-C transfer path that an NR-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with mcg, IAB-MT can only use the MCG for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with scg, IAB-MT can only use the SCG for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select the MCG or the SCG for F1-C transfer.
ENUMERATED {mcg, scg, both} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
uplinkTxSwitching-2T-Mode-r17Indicates 2Tx-2Tx switching mode is configured for inter-band UL CA or SUL, in which the switching gap duration for a triggered uplink switching (as specified in TS 38.214 [19]) is equal to the switching time capability value reported for the switching mode. If this field is absent and uplinkTxSwitching is configured, it is interpreted that 1Tx-2Tx UL Tx switching is configured as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. In this case, there is one uplink (or one uplink band in case of intra-band) configured with uplinkTxSwitching, on which the maximum number of antenna ports among all configured P-SRS/A-SRS and activated SP-SRS resources should be 1 and non-codebook based UL MIMO is not configured.
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Cond 2Tx
uplinkTxSwitching-DualUL-TxState-r17Indicates the state of Tx chains if the state of Tx chains after the UL Tx switching is not unique (as specified in TS 38.214 [19]) in case of 2Tx-2Tx switching is configured and uplinkTxSwitchingOption is set to dualUL. Value oneT indicates 1Tx is assumed to be supported on the carriers on each band, value twoT indicates 2Tx is assumed to be supported on that carrier.
ENUMERATED {oneT, twoT} OPTIONAL, -- Cond 2Tx
uu-RelayRLC-ChannelToAddModList-r17List of the Uu RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added or modified.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxUu-RelayRLC-ChannelID-r17)) OF Uu-RelayRLC-ChannelConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
uu-RelayRLC-ChannelToReleaseList-r17List of the Uu RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxUu-RelayRLC-ChannelID-r17)) OF Uu-RelayRLC-ChannelID-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList1-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList2-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList3-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList4-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCellsTCI-r16)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
rlc-BearerToReleaseListExt-r17List of the RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released for multicast MRBs.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentityExt-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N iab-ResourceConfigToAddModList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofIABResourceConfig-r17)) OF IAB-ResourceConfig-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N iab-ResourceConfigToReleaseList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofIABResourceConfig-r17)) OF IAB-ResourceConfigID-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with intra-band CA. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. The UE only reports the uplink Direct Current location information that are related to the indicated cc-CombinationList. The network does not include carriers which locate in DL only spectrum described in TS 38.101-2 [39], clause 5.3A.4 and defined by Fsd according to Table 5.3A.4-3 in FR2 in the IntraBandCC-CombinationReqList. I.e. DL-only carrier in FR2 frequency spectrum is not used to calculate the default DC location.
ReportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[
prioSCellPRACH-OverSP-PeriodicSRS-r17When configured, the UE applies UL power control prioritization by prioritizing PRACH transmission on SCell over semi-persistent and/or periodic SRS transmission as defined in subclause 7.5 of TS 38.213 [13].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } -- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell: SpCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
servCellIndexServing cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG
reconfigurationWithSyncParameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
ReconfigurationWithSync OPTIONAL, -- Cond ReconfWithSync
rlf-TimersAndConstantsTimers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThresholdBLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
ENUMERATED {n1} OPTIONAL, -- Need S spCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M ..., [[
lowMobilityEvaluationConnected-r17Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect low mobility in RRC_CONNECTED in an SpCell. The s-SearchDeltaP-Connected is the parameter "SSearchDeltaP-connected". Value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on. The t-SearchDeltaP-Connected is the parameter "TSearchDeltaP-Connected". Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on. Low mobility criterion is configured in NR PCell for the case of NR SA/ NR CA/ NE-DC/NR-DC, and in the NR PSCell for the case of EN-DC.
SEQUENCE { s-SearchDeltaP-Connected-r17 ENUMERATED {dB3, dB6, dB9, dB12, dB15, spare3, spare2, spare1}, t-SearchDeltaP-Connected-r17 ENUMERATED {s5, s10, s20, s30, s60, s120, s180, s240, s300, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
goodServingCellEvaluationRLM-r17Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for RLM relaxation in the SpCell in RRC_CONNECTED. The field is always configured when the network enables RLM relaxation for the UE in this SpCell.
GoodServingCellEvaluation-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
goodServingCellEvaluationBFD-r17Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for BFD relaxation in the SpCell in RRC_CONNECTED. The field is always configured when the network enables BFD relaxation for the UE in this SpCell. This field is absent if failureDetectionSetN is present for the SpCell.
GoodServingCellEvaluation-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
deactivatedSCG-Config-r17Configuration applicable when the SCG is deactivated. The network always configures this field before or when indicating that the SCG is deactivated in an RRCReconfiguration, RRCResume, E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration or E-UTRA RRCConnectionResume message.
SetupRelease { DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 } OPTIONAL -- Cond SCG-Opt ]] } ReconfigurationWithSync ::= SEQUENCE { spCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M newUE-Identity RNTI-Value, t304 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000},
rach-ConfigDedicatedRandom access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
CHOICE { uplink RACH-ConfigDedicated, supplementaryUplink RACH-ConfigDedicated } OPTIONAL, -- Need N ..., [[
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[ daps-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 OPTIONAL -- Need N ]], [[ sl-PathSwitchConfig-r17 SL-PathSwitchConfig-r17 OPTIONAL -- Cond DirectToIndirect-PathSwitch ]] } DAPS-UplinkPowerConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
p-DAPS-Source-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
P-Max,
p-DAPS-Target-r16The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
P-Max,
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode-r16Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).
ENUMERATED {semi-static-mode1, semi-static-mode2, dynamic } } SCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { sCellIndex SCellIndex, sCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd sCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddMod ..., [[
smtcThe SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SSB-MTC OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[
sCellState-r16Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration. If the field is included for an SCell configured with TRS for fast activation of the SCell, such TRS is not used for the corresponding SCell.
ENUMERATED {activated} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddSync
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig-r16The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range. If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured, the field is optionally present. The network always includes the field if the field was previously configured for this SCell and the SCell remains in the secondary DRX group. Removal of an individual SCell from the secondary DRX group is supported by using an SCell release and addition. Otherwise, if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is not configured, the field is absent and the UE shall release the field. The UE shall also release the field if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is released without including sCellToAddModList.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[
preConfGapStatus-r17Indicates whether the pre-configured measurement gaps (i.e. the gaps configured with preConfigInd) are activated or deactivated while this SCell is deactivated. If this field is configured, the UE shall apply network-controlled mechanism for activation and deactivation of the pre-configured measurement gaps, otherwise the UE shall apply the autonomous activation/deactivation mechanism, as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the measurement gap with gap ID 1, the second bit corresponds to measurement gap with gap ID 2, and so on. Value 0 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is deactivated while value 1 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is activated. The UE shall ignore the bitif the corresponding measurement gap is not a pre-configured measurement gap.
BIT STRING (SIZE (maxNrofGapId-r17)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PreConfigMG
goodServingCellEvaluationBFD-r17Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for BFD relaxation in the SpCell in RRC_CONNECTED. The field is always configured when the network enables BFD relaxation for the UE in this SpCell. This field is absent if failureDetectionSetN is present for the SpCell.
GoodServingCellEvaluation-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sCellSIB20-r17This field is used to transfer SIB20 of the SCell in order to allow the UE for MBS broadcast reception on SCell. The network configures this field only for a single SCell at a time.
SetupRelease { SCellSIB20-r17 } OPTIONAL -- Need M ]], [[
plmn-IdentityInfoList-r17This field is used to transfer plmn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the SCell. The UE uses this field to translate the plmn-Index in MCCH of SCell to PLMN Identity.If this field and npn-IdentityInfoList are bothabsent, the UE uses the plmn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the PCell.
SetupRelease {PLMN-IdentityInfoList} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellSIB20-Opt
npn-IdentityInfoList-r17This field is used to transfer npn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the SCell. The UE uses this field to translate the plmn-Index in MCCH of SCell to SNPN Identity.If this field and plmn-IdentityInfoList are both absent, the UE uses the npn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the PCell.
SetupRelease {NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16} OPTIONAL -- Cond SCellSIB20-Opt ]] } SCellSIB20-r17 ::= OCTET STRING (CONTAINING SystemInformation) DeactivatedSCG-Config-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
bfd-and-RLM-r17If the field is set to true, the UE shall perform RLM and BFD on the PSCell when the SCG is deactivated and the network ensures that beamFailure-r17 is not configured in the radioLinkMonitoringConfig of the DL BWP of the PSCell in which the UE performs BFD. If set to false, the UE is not required to perform RLM and BFD on the PSCell when the SCG is deactivated.
BOOLEAN, ... } GoodServingCellEvaluation-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
offset-r17The parameter "X" (dB) for the good serving cell quality criterion in RRC_CONNECTED, for a cell operating in FR1 and FR2, respectively. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "X".
ENUMERATED {db2, db4, db6, db8} OPTIONAL -- Need S } SL-PathSwitchConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
targetRelayUE-Identity-r17Indicates the L2 source ID of the target L2 U2N Relay UE during path switch.
SL-SourceIdentity-r17, t420-r17 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000}, ... } IAB-ResourceConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
iab-ResourceConfigID-r17This ID is used to indicate the specific resource configuration addressed by the MAC CEs specified in TS 38.321 [3].
IAB-ResourceConfigID-r17,
slotList-r17Indicates the list of slot indexes to which the information indicated in the specific MAC CE applies to, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The values of the entries in the slotList are strictly less than the value of the periodicitySlotList.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..5120)) OF INTEGER (0..5119) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
periodicitySlotList-r17Indicates the periodicity in ms of the list of slot indexes indicated in slotList.
ENUMERATED {ms0p5, ms0p625, ms1, ms1p25, ms2, ms2p5, ms5, ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
slotListSubcarrierSpacing-r17Subcarrier spacing used as reference for the slotList configuration. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120 or 480 kHz
SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need M ... } IAB-ResourceConfigID-r17 ::= INTEGER(0..maxNrofIABResourceConfig-1-r17) ReportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxSimultaneousBands)) OF IntraBandCC-CombinationReqList-r17 IntraBandCC-CombinationReqList-r17::= SEQUENCE {
servCellIndexList-r17indicates the list of cell index for an intra-band CA component.
SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF ServCellIndex, cc-CombinationList-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofReqComDC-Location-r17)) OF IntraBandCC-Combination-r17 } IntraBandCC-Combination-r17::= SEQUENCE (SIZE(1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF CC-State-r17 CC-State-r17::= SEQUENCE {
dlCarrier-r17Indicates DL carrier activation state for this carrier and the related active BWP Index, if activated.
CarrierState-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
ulCarrier-r17Indicates UL carrier activation state for this carrier and the related active BWP Index, if activated.
CarrierState-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N } CarrierState-r17::= CHOICE { deActivated-r17 NULL, activeBWP-r17 INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs) } -- TAG-CELLGROUPCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CC-State field descriptions
dlCarrier
Indicates DL carrier activation state for this carrier and the related active BWP Index, if activated.
ulCarrier
Indicates UL carrier activation state for this carrier and the related active BWP Index, if activated.
CellGroupConfig field descriptions
bap-Address
BAP address of the parent node in cell group.
bh-RLC-ChannelToAddModList
Configuration of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added and modified.
bh-RLC-ChannelToReleaseList
List of the backhaul RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
f1c-TransferPath
The F1-C transfer path that an EN-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with lte, IAB-MT can only use LTE leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with nr, IAB-MT can only use NR leg for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select an LTE leg or a NR leg for F1-C transfer. If the field is not configured, the IAB node uses the NR leg as the default one.
f1c-TransferPathNRDC
The F1-C transfer path that an NR-DC IAB-MT should use for transferring F1-C packets to the IAB-donor-CU. If IAB-MT is configured with mcg, IAB-MT can only use the MCG for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with scg, IAB-MT can only use the SCG for F1-C transfer. If IAB-MT is configured with both, it is up to IAB-MT to select the MCG or the SCG for F1-C transfer.
mac-CellGroupConfig
MAC parameters applicable for the entire cell group.
npn-IdentityInfoList
This field is used to transfer npn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the SCell. The UE uses this field to translate the plmn-Index in MCCH of SCell to SNPN Identity.If this field and plmn-IdentityInfoList are both absent, the UE uses the npn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the PCell.
plmn-IdentityInfoList
This field is used to transfer plmn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the SCell. The UE uses this field to translate the plmn-Index in MCCH of SCell to PLMN Identity.If this field and npn-IdentityInfoList are bothabsent, the UE uses the plmn-IdentityInfoList in SIB1 of the PCell.
prioSCellPRACH-OverSP-PeriodicSRS
When configured, the UE applies UL power control prioritization by prioritizing PRACH transmission on SCell over semi-persistent and/or periodic SRS transmission as defined in subclause 7.5 of TS 38.213 [13].
rlc-BearerToAddModList
Configuration of the MAC Logical Channel, the corresponding RLC entities and association with radio bearers.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrent
Enables reporting of uplink and supplementary uplink Direct Current location information upon BWP configuration and reconfiguration. This field is only present when the BWP configuration is modified or any serving cell is added or removed. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. If UE is configured with SUL carrier, UE reports both UL and SUL Direct Current locations.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier
Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with intra-band CA. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message. The UE only reports the uplink Direct Current location information that are related to the indicated cc-CombinationList. The network does not include carriers which locate in DL only spectrum described in TS 38.101-2 [39], clause 5.3A.4 and defined by Fsd according to Table 5.3A.4-3 in FR2 in the IntraBandCC-CombinationReqList. I.e. DL-only carrier in FR2 frequency spectrum is not used to calculate the default DC location.
reportUplinkTxDirectCurrentTwoCarrier
Enables reporting of uplink Direct Current location information when the UE is configured with uplink intra-band CA with two carriers. This field is absent in the IE CellGroupConfig when provided as part of RRCSetup message.
rlc-BearerToReleaseListExt
List of the RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released for multicast MRBs.
rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold
BLER threshold pair index for IS/OOS indication generation, see TS 38.133 [14], table 8.1.1-1. n1 corresponds to the value 1. When the field is absent, the UE applies the value 0. Whenever this is reconfigured, UE resets N310 and N311, and stops T310, if running. Network does not include this field.
sCellSIB20
This field is used to transfer SIB20 of the SCell in order to allow the UE for MBS broadcast reception on SCell. The network configures this field only for a single SCell at a time.
sCellState
Indicates whether the SCell shall be considered to be in activated state upon SCell configuration. If the field is included for an SCell configured with TRS for fast activation of the SCell, such TRS is not used for the corresponding SCell.
sCellToAddModList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be added or modified.
sCellToReleaseList
List of secondary serving cells (SCells) to be released.
simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1, simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for spatial relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList1 and simultaneousSpatial-UpdatedList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2
List of serving cells which can be updated simultaneously for TCI relation with a MAC CE. The simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1 and simultaneousTCI-UpdateList2 shall not contain same serving cells. Network should not configure serving cells that are configured with a BWP with two different values for the coresetPoolIndex in these lists.
simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList1, simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList2, simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList3, simultaneousU-TCI-UpdateList4
List of serving cells for which the Unified TCI States Activation/Deactivation MAC CE applies simultaneously, as specified in TS 38.321 [3] clause 6.1.3.47. The different lists shall not contain same serving cells. Network only configures in these lists serving cells that are configured with unifiedTCI-StateType.
spCellConfig
Parameters for the SpCell of this cell group (PCell of MCG or PSCell of SCG).
uplinkTxSwitchingOption
Indicates which option is configured for dynamic UL Tx switching for inter-band UL CA or (NG)EN-DC. The field is set to switchedUL if network configures option 1 as specified in TS 38.214 [19], or dualUL if network configures option 2 as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. Network always configures UE with a value for this field in inter-band UL CA case and (NG)EN-DC case where UE supports dynamic UL Tx switching.
uplinkTxSwitchingPowerBoosting
Indicates whether the UE is allowed to enable 3dB boosting on the maximum output power for transmission on carrier2 under the operation state in which 2-port transmission can be supported on carrier2 for inter-band UL CA case with dynamic UL Tx switching as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15]. Network can only configure this field for dynamic UL Tx switching in inter-band UL CA case with power Class 3 as defined in TS 38.101-1 [15].
uplinkTxSwitching-2T-Mode
Indicates 2Tx-2Tx switching mode is configured for inter-band UL CA or SUL, in which the switching gap duration for a triggered uplink switching (as specified in TS 38.214 [19]) is equal to the switching time capability value reported for the switching mode. If this field is absent and uplinkTxSwitching is configured, it is interpreted that 1Tx-2Tx UL Tx switching is configured as specified in TS 38.214 [19]. In this case, there is one uplink (or one uplink band in case of intra-band) configured with uplinkTxSwitching, on which the maximum number of antenna ports among all configured P-SRS/A-SRS and activated SP-SRS resources should be 1 and non-codebook based UL MIMO is not configured.
uplinkTxSwitching-DualUL-TxState
Indicates the state of Tx chains if the state of Tx chains after the UL Tx switching is not unique (as specified in TS 38.214 [19]) in case of 2Tx-2Tx switching is configured and uplinkTxSwitchingOption is set to dualUL. Value oneT indicates 1Tx is assumed to be supported on the carriers on each band, value twoT indicates 2Tx is assumed to be supported on that carrier.
uu-RelayRLC-ChannelToAddModList
List of the Uu RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be added or modified.
uu-RelayRLC-ChannelToReleaseList
List of the Uu RLC entities and the corresponding MAC Logical Channels to be released.
DeactivatedSCG-Config field descriptions
bfd-and-RLM
If the field is set to true, the UE shall perform RLM and BFD on the PSCell when the SCG is deactivated and the network ensures that beamFailure-r17 is not configured in the radioLinkMonitoringConfig of the DL BWP of the PSCell in which the UE performs BFD. If set to false, the UE is not required to perform RLM and BFD on the PSCell when the SCG is deactivated.
DAPS-UplinkPowerConfigfield descriptions
p-DAPS-Source
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the source cell group during DAPS handover.
p-DAPS-Target
The maximum total transmit power to be used by the UE in the target cell group during DAPS handover.
uplinkPowerSharingDAPS-Mode
Indicates the uplink power sharing mode that the UE uses in DAPS handover (see TS 38.213 [13]).
GoodServingCellEvaluation field descriptions
offset
The parameter "X" (dB) for the good serving cell quality criterion in RRC_CONNECTED, for a cell operating in FR1 and FR2, respectively. If this field is absent, the UE applies the (default) value of 0 dB for "X".
IAB-ResourceConfig field descriptions
iab-ResourceConfigID
This ID is used to indicate the specific resource configuration addressed by the MAC CEs specified in TS 38.321 [3].
periodicitySlotList
Indicates the periodicity in ms of the list of slot indexes indicated in slotList.
slotList
Indicates the list of slot indexes to which the information indicated in the specific MAC CE applies to, as specified in TS 38.321 [3]. The values of the entries in the slotList are strictly less than the value of the periodicitySlotList.
slotListSubcarrierSpacing
Subcarrier spacing used as reference for the slotList configuration. Only the following values are applicable depending on the used frequency: FR1: 15 or 30 kHz FR2-1: 60 or 120 kHz FR2-2: 120 or 480 kHz
ReconfigurationWithSync field descriptions
rach-ConfigDedicated
Random access configuration to be used for the reconfiguration with sync (e.g. handover). The UE performs the RA according to these parameters in the firstActiveUplinkBWP (see UplinkConfig).
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR PSCell change and NR PCell change. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in spCellConfigCommon or sets to the same periodicity as ssb-Periodicity-r17 in nonCellDefiningSSB-r17 if the first active DL BWP included in this RRC message is configured with nonCellDefiningSSB-r17 for RedCap. For case of NR PCell change, the smtc is based on the timing reference of (source) PCell. For case of NR PSCell change, it is based on the timing reference of source PSCell. If both this field and targetCellSMTC-SCG are absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing,as configured before the reception of the RRC message. For a RedCap UE, if the first active DL BWP included in this RRC message is configured with nonCellDefiningSSB-r17, this field corresponds to the NCD-SSB indicated by nonCellDefiningSSB-r17, otherwise, this field corresponds to the CD-SSB indicated by absoluteFrequencySSB in frequencyInfoDL.
ReportUplinkTxDirectCurrentMoreCarrier field descriptions
IntraBandCC-Combination
Indicates the state of the carriers and BWPs indexes of the carriers in a CC combination, each carrier in this combination corresponds to an entry in servCellIndexList with same order. This IE shall have the same size as servCellIndexList.
IntraBandCC-CombinationReqList
Indicates the list of the requested carriers/BWPs combinations for an intra-band CA component.
servCellIndexList
indicates the list of cell index for an intra-band CA component.
SCellConfig field descriptions
goodServingCellEvaluationBFD
Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for BFD relaxation in an SCell in RRC_CONNECTED. This field is always configured when the network enables BFD relaxation for the UE in this SCell. This field is absent if failureDetectionSetN is present for the SCell.
preConfGapStatus
Indicates whether the pre-configured measurement gaps (i.e. the gaps configured with preConfigInd) are activated or deactivated while this SCell is deactivated. If this field is configured, the UE shall apply network-controlled mechanism for activation and deactivation of the pre-configured measurement gaps, otherwise the UE shall apply the autonomous activation/deactivation mechanism, as specified in TS 38.133 [14]. The first/leftmost bit corresponds to the measurement gap with gap ID 1, the second bit corresponds to measurement gap with gap ID 2, and so on. Value 0 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is deactivated while value 1 indicates that the corresponding pre-configured measurement gap is activated. The UE shall ignore the bitif the corresponding measurement gap is not a pre-configured measurement gap.
secondaryDRX-GroupConfig
The field is used to indicate whether the SCell belongs to the secondary DRX group. All serving cells in the secondary DRX group shall belong to one Frequency Range and all serving cells in the legacy DRX group shall belong to another Frequency Range. If drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is configured, the field is optionally present. The network always includes the field if the field was previously configured for this SCell and the SCell remains in the secondary DRX group. Removal of an individual SCell from the secondary DRX group is supported by using an SCell release and addition. Otherwise, if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is not configured, the field is absent and the UE shall release the field. The UE shall also release the field if drx-ConfigSecondaryGroup is released without including sCellToAddModList.
smtc
The SSB periodicity/offset/duration configuration of target cell for NR SCell addition. The network sets the periodicityAndOffset to indicate the same periodicity as ssb-periodicityServingCell in sCellConfigCommon. The smtc is based on the timing of the SpCell of associated cell group. In case of inter-RAT handover to NR, the timing reference is the NR PCell. In case of intra-NR PCell change (standalone NR) or NR PSCell change (EN-DC), the timing reference is the target SpCell. If the field is absent, the UE uses the SMTC in the measObjectNR having the same SSB frequency and subcarrier spacing, as configured before the reception of the RRC message.
SpCellConfig field descriptions
deactivatedSCG-Config
Configuration applicable when the SCG is deactivated. The network always configures this field before or when indicating that the SCG is deactivated in an RRCReconfiguration, RRCResume, E-UTRA RRCConnectionReconfiguration or E-UTRA RRCConnectionResume message.
goodServingCellEvaluationBFD
Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for BFD relaxation in the SpCell in RRC_CONNECTED. The field is always configured when the network enables BFD relaxation for the UE in this SpCell. This field is absent if failureDetectionSetN is present for the SpCell.
goodServingCellEvaluationRLM
Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect the good serving cell quality for RLM relaxation in the SpCell in RRC_CONNECTED. The field is always configured when the network enables RLM relaxation for the UE in this SpCell.
lowMobilityEvaluationConnected
Indicates the criterion for a UE to detect low mobility in RRC_CONNECTED in an SpCell. The s-SearchDeltaP-Connected is the parameter "SSearchDeltaP-connected". Value dB3 corresponds to 3 dB, dB6 corresponds to 6 dB and so on. The t-SearchDeltaP-Connected is the parameter "TSearchDeltaP-Connected". Value s5 means 5 seconds, value s10 means 10 seconds and so on. Low mobility criterion is configured in NR PCell for the case of NR SA/ NR CA/ NE-DC/NR-DC, and in the NR PSCell for the case of EN-DC.
reconfigurationWithSync
Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell.
rlf-TimersAndConstants
Timers and constants for detecting and triggering cell-level radio link failure. For the SCG, rlf-TimersAndConstants can only be set to setup and is always included at SCG addition.
servCellIndex
Serving cell ID of a PSCell. The PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0.
SL-PathSwitchConfig field descriptions
targetRelayUE-Identity
Indicates the L2 source ID of the target L2 U2N Relay UE during path switch.
T420
Indicates the timer value of T420 to be used during path switch.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
2Tx
The field is optionally present, Need R, if uplinkTxSwitching is configured; otherwise it is absent, Need R.
BWP-Reconfig
The field is optionally present, Need N, if the BWPs are reconfigured or if serving cells are added or removed. Otherwise it is absent.
DirectToIndirect-PathSwitch
The field is mandatory present for the L2 U2N remote UE at path switch to the target L2 U2N Relay UE. It is absent otherwise.
PreConfigMG
The field is optionally present, Need R, if there is at least one per UE gap configured with preConfigInd or there is at least one per FR gap of the same FR which the SCell belongs to and configured with preConfigInd. It is absent, Need R, otherwise.
ReconfWithSync
The field is mandatory present in the RRCReconfiguration message:
-in each configured CellGroupConfig for which the SpCell changes, -in the masterCellGroup: -at change of AS security key derived from KgNB, -in an RRCReconfiguration message contained in a DLInformationTransferMRDC message, -path switch of L2 U2N remote UE to the target PCell, -path switch of L2 U2N remote UE to the target L2 U2N Relay UE, -in the secondaryCellGroup at: -PSCell addition, -SCG resume with NR-DC or (NG)EN-DC, -update of required SI for PSCell, -change of AS security key derived from S-KgNBin NR-DC while the UE is configured with at least one radio bearer with keyToUse set to secondary and that is not released by this RRCReconfiguration message, -MN handover in (NG)EN-DC. Otherwise, it is optionally present, need M. The field is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCResume and RRCSetup messages and is absent in the masterCellGroup in RRCReconfiguration messages if source configuration is not released during DAPS handover.
SCellAdd
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is absent, Need M.
SCellAddMod
The field is mandatory present upon SCell addition; otherwise it is optionally present, need M.
SCellAddSync
The field is optionally present, Need N:
-in the masterCellGroupat -SCell addition, -reconfiguration with sync, -resumeof an RRC connection. -in the secondaryCellGroup, when the SCG is not indicated as deactivated at: -SCG activation while the SCG was previously deactivated, -SCell addition, -reconfiguration with sync. It is absent otherwise.
SCG
The field is mandatory present in an SpCellConfig for the PSCell. It is absent otherwise.
SCellSIB20-Opt
This field is optionally present, Need M, if the field sCellSIB20 is configured. It is absent otherwise.
SCG-Opt
The field is optionally present, Need M, in an SpCellConfig for the PSCell. It is absent otherwise.

–CellGroupId
The IE CellGroupId is used to identify a cell group. Value 0 identifies the master cell group. Other values identify secondary cell groups. In this version of the specification only values 0 and 1 are supported.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-START CellGroupId ::= INTEGER (0.. maxSecondaryCellGroups) -- TAG-CELLGROUPID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellIdentity
The IE CellIdentity is used to unambiguously identify a cell within a PLMN/SNPN.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-START CellIdentity ::= BIT STRING (SIZE (36)) -- TAG-CELLIDENTITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellReselectionPriority
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency, as used by the cell reselection procedure. Corresponds to parameter "priority" in TS 38.304 [20]. Value 0 means lowest priority. The UE behaviour for the case the field is absent, if applicable, is specified in TS 38.304 [20].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-START CellReselectionPriority ::= INTEGER (0..7) -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONPRIORITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CellReselectionSubPriority
The IE CellReselectionSubPriority indicates a fractional value to be added to the value of cellReselectionPriority to obtain the absolute priority of the concerned carrier frequency for E-UTRA and NR. Value oDot2 corresponds to 0.2, value oDot4 corresponds to 0.4 and so on.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-START CellReselectionSubPriority ::= ENUMERATED {oDot2, oDot4, oDot6, oDot8} -- TAG-CELLRESELECTIONSUBPRIORITY-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CFR-ConfigMulticast
The IE CFR-ConfigMulticast indicates UE specific common frequency resource configuration for multicast for one dedicated BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CFR-CONFIGMULTICAST-START CFR-ConfigMulticast-r17::= SEQUENCE {
locationAndBandwidthMulticast-r17Frequency domain location and bandwidth for MBS multicast. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined in TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting N^size_BWP=275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of the associated BWP and offsetToCarrier corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. If not configured, the UE applies the value of locationAndBandwidth of the DL BWP in which the cfr-ConfigMulticast is configured.
INTEGER (0..37949) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
pdcch-ConfigMulticast-r17UE specific group-common PDCCH configuration for MBS multicast for one CFR.
PDCCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
pdsch-ConfigMulticast-r17UE specific group-common PDSCH configuration for MBS multicast for one CFR.
PDSCH-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sps-ConfigMulticastToAddModList-r17Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations for MBS multicast.
SPS-ConfigMulticastToAddModList-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
sps-ConfigMulticastToReleaseList-r17Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.
SPS-ConfigMulticastToReleaseList-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need N } SPS-ConfigMulticastToAddModList-r17 ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SPS-Config SPS-ConfigMulticastToReleaseList-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..8)) OF SPS-ConfigIndex-r16 -- TAG-CFR-CONFIGMULTICAST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CFR-ConfigMulticast field descriptions
locationAndBandwidthMulticast
Frequency domain location and bandwidth for MBS multicast. The value of the field shall be interpreted as resource indicator value (RIV) as defined in TS 38.214 [19] with assumptions as described in TS 38.213 [13], clause 12, i.e. setting N^size_BWP=275. The first PRB is a PRB determined by subcarrierSpacing of the associated BWP and offsetToCarrier corresponding to this subcarrier spacing. If not configured, the UE applies the value of locationAndBandwidth of the DL BWP in which the cfr-ConfigMulticast is configured.
pdcch-ConfigMulticast
UE specific group-common PDCCH configuration for MBS multicast for one CFR.
pdsch-ConfigMulticast
UE specific group-common PDSCH configuration for MBS multicast for one CFR.
sps-ConfigMulticastToAddModList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations for MBS multicast.
sps-ConfigMulticastToReleaseList
Indicates a list of one or more DL SPS configurations to be released. The NW may release a SPS configuration at any time.

–CGI-InfoEUTRA
The IE CGI-InfoEUTRA indicates EUTRA cell access related information, which is reported by the UE as part of E-UTRA report CGI procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-START CGI-InfoEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE { cgi-info-EPC SEQUENCE { cgi-info-EPC-legacy CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC, cgi-info-EPC-list SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-EPC OPTIONAL } OPTIONAL, cgi-info-5GC SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxPLMN)) OF CellAccessRelatedInfo-EUTRA-5GC OPTIONAL, freqBandIndicator FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA, multiBandInfoList MultiBandInfoListEUTRA OPTIONAL, freqBandIndicatorPriority ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRA-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CGI-InfoEUTRALogging
The IE CGI-InfoEUTRALogging indicates EUTRA cell related information, which is reported by the UE as part of RLF reporting procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRALOGGING-START CGI-InfoEUTRALogging ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-Identity-eutra-5gc PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc TrackingAreaCode OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-5gc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) OPTIONAL, plmn-Identity-eutra-epc PLMN-Identity OPTIONAL, trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL, cellIdentity-eutra-epc BIT STRING (SIZE (28)) OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFOEUTRALOGGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CGI-InfoEUTRALogging field descriptions
cellIdentity-eutra-epc, cellIdentity-eutra-5GC
Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (when connected to EPC) or of plmn-IdentityList-r15 (when connected to 5GC) in SystemInformationBlockType1.
plmn-Identity-eutra-epc, plmn-Identity-eutra-5GC
Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (when connected to EPC) or of plmn-IdentityList-r15 (when connected to 5GC) in SystemInformationBlockType1 that contained the reported cellIdentity.
trackingAreaCode-eutra-epc, trackingAreaCode-eutra-5gc
Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity-eutra-epc, cellIdentity-eutra-5GC belongs.

–CGI-InfoNR
The IE CGI-InfoNR indicates cell access related information, which is reported by the UE as part of report CGI procedure.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-START CGI-InfoNR ::= SEQUENCE { plmn-IdentityInfoList PLMN-IdentityInfoList OPTIONAL, frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, noSIB1 SEQUENCE { ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (0..15), pdcch-ConfigSIB1 PDCCH-ConfigSIB1 } OPTIONAL, ..., [[ npn-IdentityInfoList-r16 NPN-IdentityInfoList-r16 OPTIONAL ]], [[ cellReservedForOtherUse-r16 ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL ]] } -- TAG-CGI-INFO-NR-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CGI-Info-Logging
The IE CGI-Info-Logging indicates the NR Cell Global Identifier (NCGI) for logging purposes (e.g. RLF report), the globally unique identity, and the TAC information of a cell in NR.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CGI-INFO-LOGGING-START CGI-Info-Logging-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
plmn-Identity-r16Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (in SIB1) in the instance of PLMN-IdentityInfoList that contained the reported cellIdentity.
PLMN-Identity,
cellIdentity-r16Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN-IdentityInfo IE of PLMN-IdentityInfoList in SIB1.
CellIdentity,
trackingAreaCode-r16Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity field belongs.
TrackingAreaCode OPTIONAL } -- TAG-CGI-INFO-LOGGING-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CGI-InfoNR field descriptions
noSIB1
Contains ssb-SubcarrierOffset and pdcch-ConfigSIB1 fields acquired by the UE from MIB of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network in case SIB1 was not broadcast by the cell.
cellReservedForOtherUse
Contains cellReservedForOtherUse field acquired by the UE that supports nr-CGI-Reporting-NPN from SIB1 of the cell for which report CGI procedure was requested by the network.
CGI-Info-Logging field descriptions
cellIdentity
Unambiguously identify a cell within the context of the PLMN. It belongs the first PLMN-IdentityInfo IE of PLMN-IdentityInfoList in SIB1.
plmn-Identity
Identifies the PLMN of the cell for the reported cellIdentity: the first PLMN entry of plmn-IdentityList (in SIB1) in the instance of PLMN-IdentityInfoList that contained the reported cellIdentity.
trackingAreaCode
Indicates Tracking Area Code to which the cell indicated by cellIdentity field belongs.

–CLI-RSSI-Range
The IE CLI-RSSI-Range specifies the value range used in CLI-RSSI measurements and thresholds. The integer value for CLI-RSSI measurements is according to Table 10.1.22.2.2-1 in TS 38.133 [14].
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CLI-RSSI-RANGE-START CLI-RSSI-Range-r16 ::= INTEGER(0..76) -- TAG-CLI-RSSI-RANGE-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CodebookConfig
The IE CodebookConfig is used to configure codebooks of Type-I and Type-II (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2)
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-START CodebookConfig ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type1 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeI-SinglePanel SEQUENCE { nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE { two SEQUENCE { twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) }, moreThanTwo SEQUENCE { n1-n2 CHOICE { two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (24)), four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) }, typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL -- Need R } }, typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) }, typeI-MultiPanel SEQUENCE { ng-n1-n2 CHOICE { two-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), four-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), two-eight-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-four-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), four-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) }, ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) } }, codebookMode INTEGER (1..2) }, type2 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeII SEQUENCE { n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (43)), four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)), six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)), eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) }, typeII-RI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) }, typeII-PortSelection SEQUENCE { portSelectionSamplingSize ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) } }, phaseAlphabetSize ENUMERATED {n4, n8}, subbandAmplitude BOOLEAN, numberOfBeams ENUMERATED {two, three, four} } } } CodebookConfig-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type2 SEQUENCE { subType CHOICE { typeII-r16 SEQUENCE { n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction-r16 CHOICE { two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (43)), four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)), six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)), eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)), twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)), sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (128)) }, typeII-RI-Restriction-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)) }, typeII-PortSelection-r16 SEQUENCE { portSelectionSamplingSize-r16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4}, typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction-r16 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) } }, numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband-r16 INTEGER (1..2), paramCombination-r16 INTEGER (1..8) } } } CodebookConfig-r17 ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type1 SEQUENCE { typeI-SinglePanel-Group1-r17 SEQUENCE { nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE { two SEQUENCE { twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) }, moreThanTwo SEQUENCE { n1-n2 CHOICE { two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (24)), four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) } } } } OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeI-SinglePanel-Group2-r17 SEQUENCE { nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE { two SEQUENCE { twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (6)) }, moreThanTwo SEQUENCE { n1-n2 CHOICE { two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)), four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)), three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (96)), six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (24)), four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (128)), eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (32)), four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (192)), twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (48)), four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (256)), sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) } } } } OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeI-SinglePanel-ri-RestrictionSTRP-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeI-SinglePanel-ri-RestrictionSDM-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) OPTIONAL -- Need R }, type2 SEQUENCE { typeII-PortSelection-r17 SEQUENCE { paramCombination-r17 INTEGER (1..8), valueOfN-r17 ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL, -- Need R numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband-r17 INTEGER(1..2) OPTIONAL, -- Need R typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) } } } } CodebookConfig-v1730 ::= SEQUENCE { codebookType CHOICE { type1 SEQUENCE { codebookMode INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL -- Need R } } } -- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CommonLocationInfo
The IE CommonLocationInfo is used to transfer detailed location information available at the UE to correlate measurements and UE position information.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-COMMONLOCATIONINFO-START CommonLocationInfo-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
gnss-TOD-msec-r16Parameter type gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL, locationTimestamp-r16 OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationCoordinate-r16Parameter type LocationCoordinates defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationError-r16Parameter LocationError defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
locationSource-r16Parameter LocationSource defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
velocityEstimate-r16Parameter type Velocity defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
OCTET STRING OPTIONAL } -- TAG-COMMONLOCATIONINFO-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CodebookConfig field descriptions
codebookMode
CodebookMode as specified in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2.
codebookType
CodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2).
n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.3). Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is CEIL(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!).
n1-n2
Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
ng-n1-n2
Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
numberOfBeams
Number of beams, L, used for linear combination.
numberOfPMI-SubbandsPerCQI-Subband
Field indicates how PMI subbands are defined per CQI subband according to TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.5, and 5.2.2.2.7.
paramCombination
Field describes supported parameter combination (M, , )as specified in TS 38.214 [19].
phaseAlphabetSize
The size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK.
portSelectionSamplingSize
The size of the port selection codebook (parameter d), see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.6.
ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.2).
subbandAmplitude
If subband amplitude reporting is activated (true).
twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction
Codebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2
i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI (see TS 38.214 [19] clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.1).
typeI-SinglePanel-Group1, typeI-SinglePanel-Group2
Configures codebooks for CSI calculation when UE is configured with two CMR Groups with CMRGroupingAndPairingin the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet associated with the CSI-ReportConfig. Network configures the same number of ports for both codebooks.
typeI-SinglePanel-ri-RestrictionSDM, typeI-SinglePanel-ri-RestrictionSTRP
Restriction for RI for N Resource Pairs when two CMR Groups are configured with CMRGroupingAndPairing in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet associated with the CSI-ReportConfig (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.1.4.2).
typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clauses 5.2.2.2.4 and 5.2.2.2.6).
typeII-RI-Restriction
Restriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction (see TS 38.214 [19], clauses 5.2.2.2.3 and 5.2.2.2.5).
valueOfN
Field provides the value of parameter N as specified in TS 38.214 [19], clause 5.2.2.2.7. The field is present only when M=2 set by paramCombination, see TS 38.214 [19].
CommonLocationInfo field descriptions
gnss-TOD-msec
Parameter type gnss-TOD-msec defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationTimeStamp
Parameter type DisplacementTimeStamp defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationCoordinate
Parameter type LocationCoordinates defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationError
Parameter LocationError defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
locationSource
Parameter LocationSource defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.
velocityEstimate
Parameter type Velocity defined in TS 37.355 [49]. The first/leftmost bit of the first octet contains the most significant bit.

–CondReconfigId
The IE CondReconfigId is used to identify a CHO,CPA or CPC configuration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGID-START CondReconfigId-r16 ::= INTEGER (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16) -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGID-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–CondReconfigToAddModList
The IE CondReconfigToAddModList concerns a list of conditional reconfigurations to add or modify, with for each entry the condReconfigId and the associated condExecutionCond/condExecutionCondSCG and condRRCReconfig.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGTOADDMODLIST-START CondReconfigToAddModList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 CondReconfigToAddMod-r16 ::= SEQUENCE { condReconfigId-r16 CondReconfigId-r16,
condExecutionCond-r16The execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for CHO, CPA, intra-SN CPC without MN involvement or MN initiated inter-SN CPC. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, the network ensures that both refer to the same measObject.For CHO, if the network configures condEventD1 or condEventT1 for a candidate cell, the network configures a second triggering event condEventA3, condEventA4 or condEventA5 for the same candidate cell. The network does not configure both condEventD1andcondEventT1 for the same candidate cell.For CHO in terrestrial networks, the network does not indicate a MeasId associated with condEventA4. For CPA and for MN-initiated inter-SN CPC, the network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA4. For intra-SN CPC, the network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA3 or condEventA5.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF MeasId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
condRRCReconfig-r16The RRCReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in condRRCReconfig cannot contain the field conditionalReconfigurationor the field daps-Config.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration) OPTIONAL, -- Cond condReconfigAdd ..., [[
condExecutionCondSCG-r17Contains execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for SN initiated inter-SN CPC. The Meas Ids refer to the measConfig associated with the SCG. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, network ensures that both refer to the same measObject. For each condReconfigId, the network always configures either condExecutionCond or condExecutionCondSCG (not both). The network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA3 or condEventA5.
OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CondReconfigExecCondSCG-r17) OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } CondReconfigExecCondSCG-r17 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF MeasId -- TAG-CONDRECONFIGTOADDMODLIST-STOP -- ASN1STOP
CondReconfigToAddMod field descriptions
condExecutionCond
The execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for CHO, CPA, intra-SN CPC without MN involvement or MN initiated inter-SN CPC. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, the network ensures that both refer to the same measObject.For CHO, if the network configures condEventD1 or condEventT1 for a candidate cell, the network configures a second triggering event condEventA3, condEventA4 or condEventA5 for the same candidate cell. The network does not configure both condEventD1andcondEventT1 for the same candidate cell.For CHO in terrestrial networks, the network does not indicate a MeasId associated with condEventA4. For CPA and for MN-initiated inter-SN CPC, the network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA4. For intra-SN CPC, the network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA3 or condEventA5.
condExecutionCondSCG
Contains execution condition that needs to be fulfilled in order to trigger the execution of a conditional reconfiguration for SN initiated inter-SN CPC. The Meas Ids refer to the measConfig associated with the SCG. When configuring 2 triggering events (Meas Ids) for a candidate cell, network ensures that both refer to the same measObject. For each condReconfigId, the network always configures either condExecutionCond or condExecutionCondSCG (not both). The network only indicates MeasId(s) associated with condEventA3 or condEventA5.
condRRCReconfig
The RRCReconfiguration message to be applied when the condition(s) are fulfilled. The RRCReconfiguration message contained in condRRCReconfig cannot contain the field conditionalReconfigurationor the field daps-Config.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
condReconfigAdd
The field is mandatory present when a condReconfigId is being added. Otherwise the field is optional, need M.

–ConditionalReconfiguration
The IE ConditionalReconfiguration is used to add, modify and release the configuration of conditional reconfiguration.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONDITIONALRECONFIGURATION-START ConditionalReconfiguration-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
attemptCondReconfig-r16If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in clause 5.3.7.3.
ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond CHO
condReconfigToRemoveList-r16List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be removed.
CondReconfigToRemoveList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N
condReconfigToAddModList-r16List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be added or modified for CHO, CPA or CPC.
CondReconfigToAddModList-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need N ... } CondReconfigToRemoveList-r16 ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofCondCells-r16)) OF CondReconfigId-r16 -- TAG-CONDITIONALRECONFIGURATION-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConditionalReconfiguration field descriptions
attemptCondReconfig
If present, the UE shall perform conditional reconfiguration if selected cell is a target candidate cell and it is the first cell selection after failure as described in clause 5.3.7.3.
condReconfigToAddModList
List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be added or modified for CHO, CPA or CPC.
condReconfigToRemoveList
List of the configuration of candidate SpCells to be removed.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
CHO
The field is optional present, Need R, if the UE is configured with at least a candidate SpCell for CHO. Otherwise the field is not present.

–ConfiguredGrantConfig
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfig is used to configure uplink transmission without dynamic grant according to two possible schemes. The actual uplink grant may either be configured via RRC (type1) or provided via the PDCCH (addressed to CS-RNTI) (type2). Multiple Configured Grant configurations may be configured in one BWP of a serving cell.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-START ConfiguredGrantConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
frequencyHoppingThe value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured. The field frequencyHoppingapplies to configured grant for 'pusch-RepTypeA' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.3.1).
ENUMERATED {intraSlot, interSlot} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
cg-DMRS-ConfigurationDMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
DMRS-UplinkConfig,
mcs-TableIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
mcs-TableTransformPrecoderIndicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
ENUMERATED {qam256, qam64LowSE} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
uci-OnPUSCHSelection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
SetupRelease { CG-UCI-OnPUSCH } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
resourceAllocationConfiguration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch },
rbg-SizeSelection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
ENUMERATED {config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
powerControlLoopToUseClosed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
ENUMERATED {n0, n1},
p0-PUSCH-AlphaIndex of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
transformPrecoderEnables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon from rach-ConfigCommon included directly within BWP configuration (i.e., not included in additionalRACH-ConfigList), see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
nrofHARQ-ProcessesThe number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. If the UE is configured with nrofHARQ-Processes-v1700, the UE shall ignore nrofHARQ-Processes (without suffix).
INTEGER(1..16),
repKNumber of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19]. If the field repK-v1710 is present, the UE shall ignore the repK (without suffix).
ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},
repK-RVThe redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. This field is not configured when cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured. Otherwise, the field is absent.
ENUMERATED {s1-0231, s2-0303, s3-0000} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
periodicityPeriodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640} 30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280} 60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120} 480 and 960 kHz:n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120} In case of SDT, the network does not configure periodicity values less than 5ms.
ENUMERATED { sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14, sym32x14, sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym320x14, sym512x14, sym640x14, sym1024x14, sym1280x14, sym2560x14, sym5120x14, sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12, sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym160x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12, sym1280x12, sym2560x12 },
configuredGrantTimerIndicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. When cg-RetransmissonTimer is configured, if HARQ processes are shared among different configured grants on the same BWP, configuredGrantTimer * periodicity is set to the same value for the configurations that share HARQ processes on this BWP. The value of the extension configuredGrantTimer is 2 times the configured value.
INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrantConfiguration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
SEQUENCE {
timeDomainOffsetOffset related to the reference SFN indicated by timeReferenceSFN, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.timeDomainOffset-r17 is only applicable to 480 kHz and 960 kHz. If timeDomainOffset-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore timeDomainOffset (without suffix).
INTEGER (0..5119), timeDomainAllocation INTEGER (0..15),
frequencyDomainAllocationIndicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
BIT STRING (SIZE(18)),
antennaPortIndicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1. The UE ignores this field in case of CG-SDT.
INTEGER (0..31),
dmrs-SeqInitializationThe network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled or when the value of sdt-NrofDMRS-Sequences is set to 1. Otherwise, the field is absent.
INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
precodingAndNumberOfLayersIndicates the precoding and number of layers (see TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.1.2, and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). In case of CG-SDT, network sets this field to 1.
INTEGER (0..63),
srs-ResourceIndicatorIndicates the SRS resource to be used. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
mcsAndTBSThe modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
INTEGER (0..31),
frequencyHoppingOffsetFrequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
pathlossReferenceIndexIndicates the reference signal index used as PUSCH pathloss reference (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1). In case of CG-SDT, the UE does not use this field.
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1), ..., [[
pusch-RepTypeIndicator-r16Indicates whether UE follows the behavior for PUSCH repetition type A or the behavior for PUSCH repetition type B for each Type 1 configured grant configuration. The value pusch-RepTypeA enables the 'PUSCH repetition type A' and the value pusch-RepTypeB enables the 'PUSCH repetition type B' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The value pusch-RepTypeB is not configured simultaneously with cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16 and cg-nrofSlots-r16. The network does not configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured for CG operation with shared spectrum channel access.
ENUMERATED {pusch-RepTypeA,pusch-RepTypeB} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
frequencyHoppingPUSCH-RepTypeB-r16Indicates the frequency hopping scheme for Type 1 CG when pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to 'pusch-RepTypeB' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1). The value interRepetition enables 'Inter-repetition frequency hopping', and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, the frequency hopping is not enabled for Type 1 CG.
ENUMERATED {interRepetition, interSlot} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RepTypeB
timeReferenceSFN-r16Indicates SFN used for determination of the offset of a resource in time domain. The UE uses the closest SFN with the indicated number preceding the reception of the configured grant configuration, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2. If the field timeReferenceSFN is not present, the reference SFN is 0.
ENUMERATED {sfn512} OPTIONAL -- Need S ]], [[
pathlossReferenceIndex2-r17Indicates the reference signal used as PUSCH pathloss reference for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, pathlossReferenceIndex indicates the reference signal used as PUSCH pathloss reference for the first SRS resource set
INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
srs-ResourceIndicator2-r17Indicates the SRS resource to be used for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, the srs-ResourceIndicator is used for the first SRS resource set.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
precodingAndNumberOfLayers2-r17Indicates the precoding and number of layers for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, precodingAndNumberOfLayers indicated the precoding and number of layers for the first SRS resource set.
INTEGER (0..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need R timeDomainAllocation-v1710 INTEGER (16..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
timeDomainOffset-r17Offset related to the reference SFN indicated by timeReferenceSFN, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.timeDomainOffset-r17 is only applicable to 480 kHz and 960 kHz. If timeDomainOffset-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore timeDomainOffset (without suffix).
INTEGER (0..40959) OPTIONAL, -- Need R cg-SDT-Configuration-r17 CG-SDT-Configuration-r17 OPTIONAL -- Need M ]] } OPTIONAL, -- Need R ..., [[
cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16Indicates the initial value of the configured retransmission timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. The value of cg-RetransmissionTimer is always less than or equal to the value of configuredGrantTimer. This field is always configured together with harq-ProcID-Offset. This field is not configured for operation in licensed spectrum or simultaneously with harq-ProcID-Offset2.The network does not configure this field for CG-SDT.
INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-minDFI-Delay-r16Indicates the minimum duration (in unit of symbols) from the ending symbol of the PUSCH to the starting symbol of the PDCCH containing the downlink feedback indication (DFI) carrying HARQ-ACK for this PUSCH. The HARQ-ACK received before this minimum duration is not considered as valid for this PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.5). The following minimum duration values are supported, depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4} 30 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} 60 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16} 120 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32} 480 kHz:m*14, where m = {2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 68, 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128} 960 kHz:m*14, where m = {4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112, 120, 128, 136, 144, 152, 160, 168, 176, 184, 192, 200, 208, 216, 224, 232, 240, 248, 256}
ENUMERATED {sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym3x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym6x14, sym7x14, sym8x14, sym9x14, sym10x14, sym11x14, sym12x14, sym13x14, sym14x14,sym15x14, sym16x14 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16Indicates the number of consecutive PUSCH configured to CG within a slot where the SLIV indicating the first PUSCH and additional PUSCH appended with the same length (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The network can only configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured.
INTEGER (1..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-nrofSlots-r16Indicates the number of allocated slots in a configured grant periodicity following the time instance of configured grant offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).cg-nrofSlots-r17 is only applicable for operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2. When cg-nrofSlots-r17 is configured, the UE shall ignore cg-nrofSlots-r16. The network can only configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured.
INTEGER (1..40) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingOffsets-r16This field is not applicable for a UE which is allowed to operate as an initiating device in semi-static channel access mode, i.e., not applicable for a UE configured with UE FFP parameters (e.g. period, offset) regardless whether the UE would initiate its own COT or would share gNB's COT.
CG-StartingOffsets-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-UCI-Multiplexing-r16If present, this field indicates that in the case of PUCCH overlapping with CG-PUSCH(s) within a PUCCH group, the CG-UCI and HARQ-ACK are jointly encoded (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9).
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-COT-SharingOffset-r16Indicates the offset from the end of the slot where the COT sharing indication in UCI is enabled where the offset in symbols is equal to 14*n, where n is the signaled value for cg-COT-SharingOffset. Applicable when ul-toDL-COT-SharingED-Threshold-r16 is not configured (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
betaOffsetCG-UCI-r16Beta offset for CG-UCI in CG-PUSCH, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3
INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-COT-SharingList-r16Indicates a table for COT sharing combinations (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3). One row of the table can be set to noCOT-Sharing to indicate that there is no channel occupancy sharing.If the cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured and the UE operates as an initiating device in semi-static channel access mode (see TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.3), then cg-COT-SharingList-r16 is configured.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..1709)) OF CG-COT-Sharing-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
harq-ProcID-Offset-r16For operation with shared spectrum channel access configured with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16, this configures the range of HARQ process IDs which can be used for this configured grant where the UE can select a HARQ process ID within [harq-procID-offset, .., (harq-procID-offset + nrofHARQ-Processes – 1)]. harq-ProcID-Offset-v1730 is only applicable for operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2. If the field harq-ProcID-Offset-v1730 is present, the UE shall ignore the harq-ProcID-Offset-r16. The network does not configure this field for CG-SDT.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
harq-ProcID-Offset2-r16Indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. This field is not configured together with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16. If the field harq-ProcID-Offset2-v1700 is present, the UE shall ignore the harq-ProcID-Offset2-r16.
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
configuredGrantConfigIndex-r16Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the BWP.
ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CG-List
configuredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the MAC entity.
ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 OPTIONAL, -- Cond CG-IndexMAC
periodicityExt-r16This field is used to calculate the periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). If this field is present, the UE shall ignore field periodicity(without suffix). Network does not configure periodicityExt-r17 together with periodicityExt-r16. The following periodicites are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 640. 30 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 1280. 60 kHz with normal CP:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 60 kHz with ECP:periodicityExt*12, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 120 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 5120. 480 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 20480. 960 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 40960. In case of SDT, the network does not configure periodicity values less than 5ms.
INTEGER (1..5120) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
startingFromRV0-r16This field is used to determine the initial transmission occasion of a transport block for a given RV sequence, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3.1.The network does not configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured for CG operation.
ENUMERATED {on, off} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
phy-PriorityIndex-r16Indicates the PHY priority of CG PUSCH at least for PHY-layer collision handling. Value p0 indicates low priority and value p1 indicates high priority. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
ENUMERATED {p0, p1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
autonomousTx-r16If this field is present, the Configured Grant configuration is configured with autonomous transmission, see TS 38.321 [3].
ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Cond LCH-BasedPrioritization ]], [[ cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri0-r17 SetupRelease { BetaOffsetsCrossPriSelCG-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri1-r17 SetupRelease { BetaOffsetsCrossPriSelCG-r17 } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
mappingPattern-r17Indicates whether the UE should follow Cyclical mapping pattern or Sequential mapping pattern when two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with usage 'codebook' or 'noncodebook'for PUSCH transmission with a Type 1 configured grant and/or a Type 2 configured grant as described in clause 6.1.2.3 of TS 38.214 [19]
ENUMERATED {cyclicMapping, sequentialMapping} OPTIONAL, -- Cond SRSsets
sequenceOffsetForRV-r17Configures the RV offset for the starting RV for the first repetition (first actual repetition in PUSCH repetition Type B) towards the second 'SRS resource set' for PUSCHconfigured in either srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with usage 'codebook' or 'noncodebook'.
INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
p0-PUSCH-Alpha2-r17Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for second SRS resource set. If this field is present, the p0-PUSCH-Alpha provides index for the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for first SRS resource set.
P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
powerControlLoopToUse2-r17Closed control loop to apply to second SRS resource set (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1). If this field is present, the powerControlLoopToUse applies to the first SRS resource set.
ENUMERATED {n0, n1} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-COT-SharingList-r17Indicates a table for COT sharing combinations (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3). One row of the table can be set to noCOT-Sharing to indicate that there is no channel occupancy sharing.If the cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured and the UE operates as an initiating device in semi-static channel access mode (see TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.3), then cg-COT-SharingList-r16 is configured.
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..50722)) OF CG-COT-Sharing-r17 OPTIONAL, -- Need R
periodicityExt-r17This field is used to calculate the periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). If this field is present, the UE shall ignore field periodicity(without suffix). Network does not configure periodicityExt-r17 together with periodicityExt-r16. The following periodicites are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 640. 30 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 1280. 60 kHz with normal CP:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 60 kHz with ECP:periodicityExt*12, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 120 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 5120. 480 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 20480. 960 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 40960. In case of SDT, the network does not configure periodicity values less than 5ms.
INTEGER (1..40960) OPTIONAL, -- Need R repK-v1710 ENUMERATED {n12, n16, n24, n32} OPTIONAL, -- Need R nrofHARQ-Processes-v1700 INTEGER(17..32) OPTIONAL, -- Need M harq-ProcID-Offset2-v1700 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need R configuredGrantTimer-v1700 INTEGER(33..288) OPTIONAL, -- Need R cg-minDFI-Delay-v1710 INTEGER (238..3584) OPTIONAL -- Need R ]], [[ harq-ProcID-Offset-v1730 INTEGER (16..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-nrofSlots-r17Indicates the number of allocated slots in a configured grant periodicity following the time instance of configured grant offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).cg-nrofSlots-r17 is only applicable for operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2. When cg-nrofSlots-r17 is configured, the UE shall ignore cg-nrofSlots-r16. The network can only configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured.
INTEGER (1..320) OPTIONAL -- Need R ]] } CG-UCI-OnPUSCH ::= CHOICE { dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsets, semiStatic BetaOffsets } CG-COT-Sharing-r16 ::= CHOICE { noCOT-Sharing-r16 NULL, cot-Sharing-r16 SEQUENCE {
duration-r16Indicates the number of DL transmission slots within UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39),
offset-r16Indicates the number of DL transmission slots from the end of the slot where CG-UCI is detected after which COT sharing can be used (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..39),
channelAccessPriority-r16Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class that the gNB can assume when sharing the UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..4) } } CG-COT-Sharing-r17 ::= CHOICE { noCOT-Sharing-r17 NULL, cot-Sharing-r17 SEQUENCE {
duration-r17Indicates the number of DL transmission slots within UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..319),
offset-r17Indicates the number of DL transmission slots from the end of the slot where CG-UCI is detected after which COT sharing can be used (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
INTEGER (1..319) } } CG-StartingOffsets-r16 ::= SEQUENCE {
cg-StartingFullBW-InsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offsets (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingFullBW-OutsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset indices (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..7)) OF INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingPartialBW-InsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
cg-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT-r16A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL -- Need R } BetaOffsetsCrossPriSelCG-r17 ::= CHOICE { dynamic-r17 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsetsCrossPri-r17, semiStatic-r17 BetaOffsetsCrossPri-r17 } CG-SDT-Configuration-r17 ::= SEQUENCE {
cg-SDT-RetransmissionTimerIndicates the initial value of the configured grant retransmission timer used for the initial transmission of CG-SDT with CCCH message (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity.
INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
sdt-SSB-Subset-r17Indicates SSB subset for SSB to CG PUSCH mapping within one CG configuration. If this field is absent, UE assumes the SSB set includes all actually transmitted SSBs. In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
CHOICE { shortBitmap-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)), mediumBitmap-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), longBitmap-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (64)) } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
sdt-SSB-PerCG-PUSCH-r17The number of SSBs per CG PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13]). Value one corresponds to 1 SSBs per CG PUSCH, value two corresponds to 2 SSBs per CG PUSCH and so on.In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
ENUMERATED {oneEighth, oneFourth, half, one, two, four, eight, sixteen} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-P0-PUSCH-r17Indicates P0 value for PUSCH for CG SDT in steps of 1dB (see TS 38.213 [13]). When this field is configured, the UE ignores the p0-PUSCH-Alpha.
INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-Alpha-r17Indicates alpha value for PUSCH for CG SDT. alpha0 indicates value 0 is used alpha04 indicates value 4 is used and so on (see TS 38.213 [13]). When this field is configured, the UE ignores the p0-PUSCH-Alpha.
ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-DMRS-Ports-r17Indicates the set of DMRS ports for SSB to PUSCH mapping (see TS 38.213 [13]).The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to DMRS port 0, the second most significant bitcorresponds to DMRS port 1, and so on.A bit set to 1 indicates that this DMRS port is used for mapping. In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
CHOICE { dmrsType1-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)), dmrsType2-r17 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
sdt-NrofDMRS-Sequences-r17Indicates the number of DMRS sequences for SSB to PUSCH mapping (see TS 38.213 [13]).In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
INTEGER (1..2) OPTIONAL -- Need M } -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConfiguredGrantConfig field descriptions
antennaPort
Indicates the antenna port(s) to be used for this configuration, and the maximum bitwidth is 5. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1. The UE ignores this field in case of CG-SDT.
autonomousTx
If this field is present, the Configured Grant configuration is configured with autonomous transmission, see TS 38.321 [3].
betaOffsetCG-UCI
Beta offset for CG-UCI in CG-PUSCH, see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9.3
cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri0, cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri1
Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset for multiplexing HARQ-ACK in CG-PUSCH with different priorities. The field cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri0 indicates multiplexing LP HARQ-ACK in HP CG-PUSCH. This field is configured only if phy-PriorityIndex-r16 is configured with value p1. The field cg-betaOffsetsCrossPri1 indicates multiplexing HP HARQ-ACK in LP CG-PUSCH. This field is configured only if phy-PriorityIndex-r16 is configured with value p0.
cg-COT-SharingList
Indicates a table for COT sharing combinations (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3). One row of the table can be set to noCOT-Sharing to indicate that there is no channel occupancy sharing.If the cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured and the UE operates as an initiating device in semi-static channel access mode (see TS 37.213 [48], clause 4.3), then cg-COT-SharingList-r16 is configured.
cg-COT-SharingOffset
Indicates the offset from the end of the slot where the COT sharing indication in UCI is enabled where the offset in symbols is equal to 14*n, where n is the signaled value for cg-COT-SharingOffset. Applicable when ul-toDL-COT-SharingED-Threshold-r16 is not configured (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
cg-DMRS-Configuration
DMRS configuration (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-minDFI-Delay
Indicates the minimum duration (in unit of symbols) from the ending symbol of the PUSCH to the starting symbol of the PDCCH containing the downlink feedback indication (DFI) carrying HARQ-ACK for this PUSCH. The HARQ-ACK received before this minimum duration is not considered as valid for this PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 10.5). The following minimum duration values are supported, depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4} 30 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8} 60 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16} 120 kHz:7, m*14, where m = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32} 480 kHz:m*14, where m = {2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 68, 72, 76, 80, 84, 88, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128} 960 kHz:m*14, where m = {4, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112, 120, 128, 136, 144, 152, 160, 168, 176, 184, 192, 200, 208, 216, 224, 232, 240, 248, 256}
cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot
Indicates the number of consecutive PUSCH configured to CG within a slot where the SLIV indicating the first PUSCH and additional PUSCH appended with the same length (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The network can only configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured.
cg-nrofSlots
Indicates the number of allocated slots in a configured grant periodicity following the time instance of configured grant offset (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).cg-nrofSlots-r17 is only applicable for operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2. When cg-nrofSlots-r17 is configured, the UE shall ignore cg-nrofSlots-r16. The network can only configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured.
cg-RetransmissionTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured retransmission timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. The value of cg-RetransmissionTimer is always less than or equal to the value of configuredGrantTimer. This field is always configured together with harq-ProcID-Offset. This field is not configured for operation in licensed spectrum or simultaneously with harq-ProcID-Offset2.The network does not configure this field for CG-SDT.
cg-StartingOffsets
This field is not applicable for a UE which is allowed to operate as an initiating device in semi-static channel access mode, i.e., not applicable for a UE configured with UE FFP parameters (e.g. period, offset) regardless whether the UE would initiate its own COT or would share gNB's COT.
cg-UCI-Multiplexing
If present, this field indicates that in the case of PUCCH overlapping with CG-PUSCH(s) within a PUCCH group, the CG-UCI and HARQ-ACK are jointly encoded (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 9).
configuredGrantConfigIndex
Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the BWP.
configuredGrantConfigIndexMAC
Indicates the index of the Configured Grant configurations within the MAC entity.
configuredGrantTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured grant timer (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity. When cg-RetransmissonTimer is configured, if HARQ processes are shared among different configured grants on the same BWP, configuredGrantTimer * periodicity is set to the same value for the configurations that share HARQ processes on this BWP. The value of the extension configuredGrantTimer is 2 times the configured value.
dmrs-SeqInitialization
The network configures this field if transformPrecoder is disabled or when the value of sdt-NrofDMRS-Sequences is set to 1. Otherwise, the field is absent.
frequencyDomainAllocation
Indicates the frequency domain resource allocation, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2, and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1).
frequencyHopping
The value intraSlot enables 'Intra-slot frequency hopping' and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, frequency hopping is not configured. The field frequencyHoppingapplies to configured grant for 'pusch-RepTypeA' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.3.1).
frequencyHoppingOffset
Frequency hopping offset used when frequency hopping is enabled (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and clause 6.3).
frequencyHoppingPUSCH-RepTypeB
Indicates the frequency hopping scheme for Type 1 CG when pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to 'pusch-RepTypeB' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1). The value interRepetition enables 'Inter-repetition frequency hopping', and the value interSlot enables 'Inter-slot frequency hopping'. If the field is absent, the frequency hopping is not enabled for Type 1 CG.
harq-ProcID-Offset
For operation with shared spectrum channel access configured with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16, this configures the range of HARQ process IDs which can be used for this configured grant where the UE can select a HARQ process ID within [harq-procID-offset, .., (harq-procID-offset + nrofHARQ-Processes – 1)]. harq-ProcID-Offset-v1730 is only applicable for operation with shared spectrum channel access in FR2-2. If the field harq-ProcID-Offset-v1730 is present, the UE shall ignore the harq-ProcID-Offset-r16. The network does not configure this field for CG-SDT.
harq-ProcID-Offset2
Indicates the offset used in deriving the HARQ process IDs, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. This field is not configured together with cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16. If the field harq-ProcID-Offset2-v1700 is present, the UE shall ignore the harq-ProcID-Offset2-r16.
mappingPattern
Indicates whether the UE should follow Cyclical mapping pattern or Sequential mapping pattern when two SRS resource sets are configured in srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with usage 'codebook' or 'noncodebook'for PUSCH transmission with a Type 1 configured grant and/or a Type 2 configured grant as described in clause 6.1.2.3 of TS 38.214 [19]
mcs-Table
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcs-TableTransformPrecoder
Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding. If the field is absent the UE applies the value qam64.
mcsAndTBS
The modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2). The NW does not configure the values 28~31 in this version of the specification.
nrofHARQ-Processes
The number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2. See TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.4.1. If the UE is configured with nrofHARQ-Processes-v1700, the UE shall ignore nrofHARQ-Processes (without suffix).
pathlossReferenceIndex
Indicates the reference signal index used as PUSCH pathloss reference (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1). In case of CG-SDT, the UE does not use this field.
pathlossReferenceIndex2
Indicates the reference signal used as PUSCH pathloss reference for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, pathlossReferenceIndex indicates the reference signal used as PUSCH pathloss reference for the first SRS resource set
p0-PUSCH-Alpha
Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration.
p0-PUSCH-Alpha2
Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for second SRS resource set. If this field is present, the p0-PUSCH-Alpha provides index for the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for first SRS resource set.
periodicity
Periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640} 30 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280} 60 kHz with normal CP2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 60 kHz with ECP:2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560} 120 kHz:2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120} 480 and 960 kHz:n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120} In case of SDT, the network does not configure periodicity values less than 5ms.
periodicityExt
This field is used to calculate the periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2 (see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2). If this field is present, the UE shall ignore field periodicity(without suffix). Network does not configure periodicityExt-r17 together with periodicityExt-r16. The following periodicites are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]: 15 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 640. 30 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 1280. 60 kHz with normal CP:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 60 kHz with ECP:periodicityExt*12, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 2560. 120 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 5120. 480 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 20480. 960 kHz:periodicityExt*14, where periodicityExt has a value between 1 and 40960. In case of SDT, the network does not configure periodicity values less than 5ms.
phy-PriorityIndex
Indicates the PHY priority of CG PUSCH at least for PHY-layer collision handling. Value p0 indicates low priority and value p1 indicates high priority. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
powerControlLoopToUse
Closed control loop to apply (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1).
powerControlLoopToUse2
Closed control loop to apply to second SRS resource set (see TS 38.213 [13], clause 7.1.1). If this field is present, the powerControlLoopToUse applies to the first SRS resource set.
precodingAndNumberOfLayers
Indicates the precoding and number of layers (see TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1.1.2, and TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). In case of CG-SDT, network sets this field to 1.
precodingAndNumberOfLayers2
Indicates the precoding and number of layers for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, precodingAndNumberOfLayers indicated the precoding and number of layers for the first SRS resource set.
pusch-RepTypeIndicator
Indicates whether UE follows the behavior for PUSCH repetition type A or the behavior for PUSCH repetition type B for each Type 1 configured grant configuration. The value pusch-RepTypeA enables the 'PUSCH repetition type A' and the value pusch-RepTypeB enables the 'PUSCH repetition type B' (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3). The value pusch-RepTypeB is not configured simultaneously with cg-nrofPUSCH-InSlot-r16 and cg-nrofSlots-r16. The network does not configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured for CG operation with shared spectrum channel access.
rbg-Size
Selection between configuration 1 and configuration 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. The UE does not apply this field if resourceAllocation is set to resourceAllocationType1. Otherwise, the UE applies the value config1 when the field is absent. Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
repK-RV
The redundancy version (RV) sequence to use. See TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2. The network configures this field if repetitions are used, i.e., if repK is set to n2, n4 or n8. This field is not configured when cg-RetransmissionTimer is configured. Otherwise, the field is absent.
repK
Number of repetitions K, see TS 38.214 [19]. If the field repK-v1710 is present, the UE shall ignore the repK (without suffix).
resourceAllocation
Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, resourceAllocation should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1.
rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant
Configuration for "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1). If this field is absent the UE uses UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
sequenceOffsetForRV
Configures the RV offset for the starting RV for the first repetition (first actual repetition in PUSCH repetition Type B) towards the second 'SRS resource set' for PUSCHconfigured in either srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with usage 'codebook' or 'noncodebook'.
srs-ResourceIndicator
Indicates the SRS resource to be used. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
srs-ResourceIndicator2
Indicates the SRS resource to be used for the second SRS resource set. When this field is present, the srs-ResourceIndicator is used for the first SRS resource set.
startingFromRV0
This field is used to determine the initial transmission occasion of a transport block for a given RV sequence, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3.1.The network does not configure this field if cg-RetransmissionTimer-r16 is configured for CG operation.
timeDomainAllocation, timeDomainAllocation-v1710
Indicates a combination of start symbol and length and PUSCH mapping type, see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2 and TS 38.212 [17], clause 7.3.1. If the field timeDomainAllocation-v1710 is present, the UE shall ignore timeDomainAllocation field (without suffix).
timeDomainOffset
Offset related to the reference SFN indicated by timeReferenceSFN, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2.timeDomainOffset-r17 is only applicable to 480 kHz and 960 kHz. If timeDomainOffset-r17 is present, the UE shall ignore timeDomainOffset (without suffix).
timeReferenceSFN
Indicates SFN used for determination of the offset of a resource in time domain. The UE uses the closest SFN with the indicated number preceding the reception of the configured grant configuration, see TS 38.321 [3], clause 5.8.2. If the field timeReferenceSFN is not present, the reference SFN is 0.
transformPrecoder
Enables or disables transform precoding for type1 and type2. If the field is absent, the UE enables or disables transform precoding in accordance with the field msg3-transformPrecoder in RACH-ConfigCommon from rach-ConfigCommon included directly within BWP configuration (i.e., not included in additionalRACH-ConfigList), see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.3.
uci-OnPUSCH
Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset. For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, uci-OnPUSCH should be set to semiStatic. The network does not configure this for CG-SDT.
CG-COT-Sharing field descriptions
channelAccessPriority
Indicates the Channel Access Priority Class that the gNB can assume when sharing the UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
duration
Indicates the number of DL transmission slots within UE initiated COT (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
offset
Indicates the number of DL transmission slots from the end of the slot where CG-UCI is detected after which COT sharing can be used (see 37.213 [48], clause 4.1.3).
CG-StartingOffsets field descriptions
cg-StartingFullBW-InsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offsets (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingFullBW-OutsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset indices (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation includes all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingPartialBW-InsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is inside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
cg-StartingPartialBW-OutsideCOT
A set of configured grant PUSCH transmission starting offset index (see TS 38.211[16], Table 5.3.1-2) which indicates the length of a CP extension of the first symbol that is located before the configured resource when frequency domain resource allocation does not include all interlaces in the allocated RB set(s) and the CG PUSCH resource is outside gNB COT (see TS 38.214 [19], clause 6.1.2.3).
CG-SDT-Configuration field descriptions
cg-SDT-RetransmissionTimer
Indicates the initial value of the configured grant retransmission timer used for the initial transmission of CG-SDT with CCCH message (see TS 38.321 [3]) in multiples of periodicity.
sdt-DMRS-Ports
Indicates the set of DMRS ports for SSB to PUSCH mapping (see TS 38.213 [13]).The first (left-most / most significant) bit corresponds to DMRS port 0, the second most significant bitcorresponds to DMRS port 1, and so on.A bit set to 1 indicates that this DMRS port is used for mapping. In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
sdt-NrofDMRS-Sequences
Indicates the number of DMRS sequences for SSB to PUSCH mapping (see TS 38.213 [13]).In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
sdt-SSB-Subset
Indicates SSB subset for SSB to CG PUSCH mapping within one CG configuration. If this field is absent, UE assumes the SSB set includes all actually transmitted SSBs. In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
sdt-SSB-PerCG-PUSCH
The number of SSBs per CG PUSCH (see TS 38.213 [13]). Value one corresponds to 1 SSBs per CG PUSCH, value two corresponds to 2 SSBs per CG PUSCH and so on.In case of a RedCap-specific initial downlink BWP that is associated with NCD-SSB, the SSB is the NCD-SSB. Otherwise, the SSB is the CD-SSB.
sdt-P0-PUSCH
Indicates P0 value for PUSCH for CG SDT in steps of 1dB (see TS 38.213 [13]). When this field is configured, the UE ignores the p0-PUSCH-Alpha.
sdt-Alpha
Indicates alpha value for PUSCH for CG SDT. alpha0 indicates value 0 is used alpha04 indicates value 4 is used and so on (see TS 38.213 [13]). When this field is configured, the UE ignores the p0-PUSCH-Alpha.
Conditional PresenceExplanation
LCH-BasedPrioritization
This field is optionally present, Need R, if lch-BasedPrioritization is configured in the MAC entity. It is absent otherwise.
RepTypeB
The field is optionally present if pusch-RepTypeIndicator is set to pusch-RepTypeB, Need S, and absent otherwise.
CG-List
The field is mandatory present when included in configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16, otherwise the field is absent.
CG-IndexMAC
The field is mandatory present if at least one configured grant is configured by configuredGrantConfigToAddModList-r16 in any BWP of this MAC entity, otherwise it is optionally present, need R.
SRSsets
This field is mandatory present when UE is configured with two SRS sets configured in either srs-ResourceSetToAddModList or srs-ResourceSetToAddModListDCI-0-2 with usage codebook or non-codebook. Otherwise it is absent, Need R

–ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex is used to indicate the index of one of multiple UL Configured Grant configurations in one BWP.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEX-START ConfiguredGrantConfigIndex-r16 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfig-1-r16) -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEX-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC
The IE ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC is used to indicate the unique Configured Grant configurations index per MAC entity.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEXMAC-START ConfiguredGrantConfigIndexMAC-r16 ::= INTEGER (0.. maxNrofConfiguredGrantConfigMAC-1-r16) -- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIGINDEXMAC-STOP -- ASN1STOP

–ConnEstFailureControl
The IE ConnEstFailureControl is used to configure parameters for connection establishment failure control.
-- ASN1START -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-START ConnEstFailureControl ::= SEQUENCE {
connEstFailCountNumber of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4},
connEstFailOffsetValidityAmount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, value s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.
ENUMERATED {s30, s60, s120, s240, s300, s420, s600, s900},
connEstFailOffsetParameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL -- Need S } -- TAG-CONNESTFAILURECONTROL-STOP -- ASN1STOP
ConnEstFailureControl field descriptions
connEstFailCount
Number of times that the UE detects T300 expiry on the same cell before applying connEstFailOffset.
connEstFailOffset
Parameter "Qoffsettemp" in TS 38.304 [20]. If the field is absent, the value of infinity shall be used for "Qoffsettemp".
connEstFailOffsetValidity
Amount of time that the UE applies connEstFailOffset before removing the offset from evaluation of the cell. Value s30 corresponds to 30 seconds, value s60 corresponds to 60 seconds, and so on.